YaskawaQuick-start guide

YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A AC Drive for Elevator Applications Quick Start Guide

Technical reference for YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A AC Drive for Elevator Applications Quick Start Guide with 64 pages, 95 tables, safety notices, searchable navigation and precise source-page references.

Chapters: 1
Pages: 64
Language: English
Format: PDF

Start reading Download original PDF

First page of the technical document

Complete web edition

The complete manual in one reading flow

Pages follow the exact source order. Searchable text is also available for every page.

Complete document

Pages 1 to 64

Source page

Page 1

Open in PDF

COSMOSテンプレート用(A4)(英文)新CI 改版<1> 2011.8

YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A

AC Drive for Elevator Applications

Quick Start Guide

Type: CIMR-LC Models: 200 V Class: 1.5 to 110 kW 400 V Class: 1.5 to 110 kW

To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user receives this manual.

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 33I

Source page

Page 2

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 2 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

Copyright © 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.

2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Source page

Page 3

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 3 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

Table of Contents

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS AND GENERAL WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 KEYPAD OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5 START UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 6 FINE ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 7 PARAMETER TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 8 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 9 SAFE DISABLE INPUT FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

10 EN81-1/20 CONFORM CIRCUIT WITH ONE MOTOR CONTACTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . 51 11 EN81-20 CONFORM CIRCUIT WITH NO MOTOR CONTACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 12 UL STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 3

Source page

Page 4

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 4 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

1 Safety Instructions and General Warnings

Yaskawa Electric supplies component parts for use in a wide variety of industrial applications. The selection and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment designer or end user. Yaskawa accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances should any Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All products designed to incorporate a component part manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in conforming to standards and specifications published in the manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims arising from misapplication of its products.

 Applicable Documentation

The following manuals are available for L1000A series drives:

L1000A Series AC Drive Technical Manual DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/

R E E S S FC E 1 TRUN SE F TN 2RL TO OEEPR M hig o h d e b r u p s e s r p f e o c rm ifi a c n a c ti e o f n e s a . t U ur s e e s . this manual to expand drive functionality and to take advantage of C2S/0NI0:MV ●●●● ● W ●●●●● R RWdpTmnAbpim R HTb 3 n oee i leo o P f e s s ea a i o a t A - wut cp s ep ac ak i h wci tno A tt hr ke e des or a a e R tm 5a s ar c eo e n n sA e m s o lt r u ps ne fm d e i gunwof N n fua ea r o 2 er h ri gSaf pn nt e n enrm ha 5 o, i A I pua i i c u t 4 d n l et t .N cp elaf e o . 5 t 5t0y e gt e 0 e o e le d D c k .0 o gs mr Gb s tr rs W0 t Vfh or riu r o e v fd oi e o wn i r 2 r f e n cic / u f o m sr u 3 r a mil o n ra 1 c aer t c . s citi e edo ns 7 ann q a e F t h s sn gndg u o k ipt s n .h on u i u W b A a t rm s m ee hae c c e ct c e a h lom A i f k a s t o ts l . o tu y il. d oer ni w rnperrng ii, gp vttcs.l e yh, . ●●●● ● ●●●●● A 危 LAdlPaàAepuc R SDd据通け高イ触を4さ保遮 a â 0 i ns na e e top e r V u l らえれン電外守断 it 0が温 d b sa e ett v seur sri l V r uèé lee ' 付なさてバ中・後 es nrqa a E t f l o 注級. rs ec nn e u a dl g r けいおない e 5ー点 u pl i h éti r イ e 険 m s 分意 r a R erc 感 mreér で、 e いよる ae タ検 p ev ン cr 運 ee qrd e 待 r d ao く ao, 電事びこ T 上、 5 h g t u5r nd s バ u 転 nn っ tiip a e だ c erv t 。電と i 部配 m e の ud I om a o ーのuv て oeC d S さ edr 、源を nl 線 t ua i dtreei おタ前 ié nd 実 le én o h r い r . 確両遮を d e S c u a i に s sun の néa 施 la そNaeot 。 at 認側断 v 行 te,u は ce td c 場 e nlu し M e a eeu れ p m xs す面後 so う u h sn 必 n u 合 d to て é P n rme oé a 5るはが a 場 t rba ず uer E e は d .a 分く x nc pi l o r vo r こ高 e 合 'e 取 s i sあ t i ts 、 g r ag 以だ i n et N a pè t n と温 eo は 4 扱 iie t es 電 g り e en 内さ ss o lui0nt 。に at 、 T e r 説 r a u a 源 r は 0 い l d mé ま c ra ,t (な Pc 出 l peo 明 Ve ’el のフ l 。 ve a h e r すe e lc u N り us 力 .i 書 oef t e 中 té ロ o u f Pi rcttu ま o 。 ed 側対 r rs を u v e J 性ン . et i n ce . T す el rp c 開応読 l t 点 .3 , ト e i n t u u q 。 1 i 閉)む szo t が r e カ 4ue n 器こ 7 r 接バ 0e とを - 地 1 ー . 。 YEG L R in 1 e f a o 0 d r 0 m 0 th A a i t s i S o m e n r a r i n e e u s q a u A l i r C f e i r d D s t t r . o i T v in h e s i Q s ta g u ll u i a c id n k e d S i w s ta i p r r a e t c G t k h a u e g i d e d r d e i v to e g , i e n th a e d r d w it i i t o h n t t h o e a p n r o o d v u e c r t v . i I e t w c o o n f t f a a in u s lt b d a i s a i g c n ostics, maintenance, and parameter settings. Use the information in this book to prepare the drive for a trial run with the application and for basic operation.  General Warnings WA RNING • Read and understand the manuals available before installing, operating or servicing this drive. • All warnings, cautions, and instructions must be followed. • All work must be performed by qualified personnel. • The drive must be installed according to this manual and local codes. Heed the safety messages in this manual. The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings in this manual. WA RNING Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual: CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE Indicates a property damage message. 4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM ES F C 1 F2 RLOE RESETRUN SETNTOEPR C2S/0NI0:MV ●●●● ● W ●●●●● R RWdpTmnAbpim R HTb 3 n oee i l eo o P f e s s ea a i o a t A - wut cp s ep ac ak i h wci tno A t t h r ke e d es or a a e R tm 5 a s ar c eo e n n sA e m s o lt r u ps ne fm d e i gunw of N n fua ea r o 2 er h ri gS af pn nt e n en rm ha 5 o , i A I pua i i c u t 4 d n l et t .N cp elaf e o . 5 t 5 t0y e g t e 0 e o e le d D c k .0 o gs mr Gb s t r rs W0 t Vfh or ri u r o e v fd oi e o wn i r 2 r f e n cic / u f o m sr u 3 r a mi l o n r a 1 c aer t c . s cit i e edo n s 7 ann q a e F t h s sn gndg u o k ipt s n .h on u i u W b A a t rm s m ee hae c c e ct c e a h lom A i f k a s t o t s l . o tu y il. d oe r ni w rn perrng ii, g p vttcs. l e yh, . ●●●● ● ●●●●● A 危 LAdlPaàAepuc R SDd 据通け高イ触を4さ保遮 a â 0 i n s na e e top e r V u l らえれン電外守断 it 0が温 d b sa e ett v seur s ri l V r uèé le e ' 付なさてバ中・後 e s nr qa a E t f l o 注級. rs ec n n e u a dl g r けいおない e 5ー点 u pl i h é t i r イ e 険 m s 分意 r a R erc 感 m reér で、 e いよる ae タ検 p ev ン c r 運 ee q rd e 待 r d ao く ao, 電事びこ T 上、 5 h g t u5r nd s バ u 転 nn っ tiip a e だ c erv t 。電と i 部配 m e の ud I om a o ーの uv て o eC d S さ edr 、源を n l 線 t u a i dt ree i おタ前 i é nd 実 le é n o h r い r . 確両遮を d e S c u a i に s s un の né a 施 l a そNaeot 。 a t 認側断 v 行 te,u は ce td c 場 e nlu し M e a eeu れ p m xs す面後 so う u h sn 必 n u 合 d to て é P n rme oé a 5るはが a 場 t rb a ず uer E e は d .a 分く x nc p i l o r vo r こ高 e 合 'e 取 s i sあ t i t s 、 g r a g 以だ i n et N a pè t n と温 eo は 4 扱 i i e t es 電 g り e e n 内さ ss o lui0nt 。に at 、 T e r 説 r a u a 源 r は 0 い l d mé ま c ra , t (な Pc 出 l pe o 明 Ve ’ el のフ l 。 ve a h e r す e e lc u N り us 力 .i 書 oef t e 中 té ロ o u f Pi r ct tu ま o 。 ed 側対 r rs を u v e J 性ン . et i n ce . T す e l rp c 開応読 l t 点 .3 , ト e i n t u u q 。 1 i 閉)む szo t が r e カ 4ue n 器こ 7 r 接バ 0e とを - 地 1 ー . 。 YEG	L1000A Series AC Drive Technical Manual
	This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/ Modbus specifications. Use this manual to expand drive functionality and to take advantage of higher performance features.
	L1000A Series AC Drive Quick Start Guide Read this manual first. This guide is packaged together with the product. It contains basic
	information required to install and wire the drive, in addition to an overview of fault diagnostics, maintenance, and parameter settings. Use the information in this book to prepare the drive for a trial run with the application and for basic operation.

Column	Column	DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM ES F C 1 F2 RLOE RESETRUN SETNTOEPR
C2S/0NI0:MV ●●●● ● W ●●●●● R RWdpTmnAbpim R HTb 3 n oee i l eo o P f e s s ea a i o a t A - wut cp s ep ac ak i h wci tno A t t h r ke e d es or a a e R tm 5 a s ar c eo e n n sA e m s o lt r u ps ne fm d e i gunw of N n fua ea r o 2 er h ri gS af pn nt e n en rm ha 5 o , i A I pua i i c u t 4 d n l et t .N cp elaf e o . 5 t 5 t0y e g t e 0 e o e le d D c k .0 o gs mr Gb s t r rs W0 t Vfh or ri u r o e v fd oi e o wn i r 2 r f e n cic / u f o m sr u 3 r a mi l o n r a 1 c aer t c . s cit i e edo n s 7 ann q a e F t h s sn gndg u o k ipt s n .h on u i u W b A a t rm s m ee hae c c e ct c e a h lom A i f k a s t o t s l . o tu y il. d oe r ni w rn perrng ii, g p vttcs. l e yh, . ●●●● ● ●●●●● A 危 LAdlPaàAepuc R SDd 据通け高イ触を4さ保遮 a â 0 i n s na e e top e r V u l らえれン電外守断 it 0が温 d b sa e ett v seur s ri l V r uèé le e ' 付なさてバ中・後 e s nr qa a E t f l o 注級. rs ec n n e u a dl g r けいおない e 5ー点 u pl i h é t i r イ e 険 m s 分意 r a R erc 感 m reér で、 e いよる ae タ検 p ev ン c r 運 ee q rd e 待 r d ao く ao, 電事びこ T 上、 5 h g t u5r nd s バ u 転 nn っ tiip a e だ c erv t 。電と i 部配 m e の ud I om a o ーの uv て o eC d S さ edr 、源を n l 線 t u a i dt ree i おタ前 i é nd 実 le é n o h r い r . 確両遮を d e S c u a i に s s un の né a 施 l a そNaeot 。 a t 認側断 v 行 te,u は ce td c 場 e nlu し M e a eeu れ p m xs す面後 so う u h sn 必 n u 合 d to て é P n rme oé a 5るはが a 場 t rb a ず uer E e は d .a 分く x nc p i l o r vo r こ高 e 合 'e 取 s i sあ t i t s 、 g r a g 以だ i n et N a pè t n と温 eo は 4 扱 i i e t es 電 g り e e n 内さ ss o lui0nt 。に at 、 T e r 説 r a u a 源 r は 0 い l d mé ま c ra , t (な Pc 出 l pe o 明 Ve ’ el のフ l 。 ve a h e r す e e lc u N り us 力 .i 書 oef t e 中 té ロ o u f Pi r ct tu ま o 。 ed 側対 r rs を u v e J 性ン . et i n ce . T e l rp c l	C2S/0NI0:MV ●●●● ● W ●● R RWdpTmnAbpim R HTb 3 n oee i l eo o P f e s s ea a i o a t A - wut cp s ep ac ak i h wci tno A t t h r ke e d es or a a e R tm 5 a s ar c eo e n n sA e m s o lt r u ps ne fm d e i gunw of N n fua ea r o 2 er h ri gS af pn nt e n en rm ha 5 o , i A I pua i i c u t 4 d n l et t .N cp elaf e o . 5 t 5 t0y e g t e 0 e o e le d D c k .0 o gs mr Gb s t r rs W0 t Vfh or ri u r o e v fd oi e o wn i r 2 r f e n cic / u f o m sr u 3 r a mi l o n r a 1 c aer t c . s cit i e edo n s 7 ann q a e F t h s sn gndg u o k ipt s n .h on u i u W b A a t rm s m ee hae c c e ct c e a h lom A i f k a s t o t s l . o tu y il. d oe r ni w rn perrng ii, g p vttcs. l e yh, . ●●●● ● ●●● A 危 LAdlPaàAepuc R SDd 据通けを4 a â 0 i n s na e e top e r V u l え電外 it 0が d b sa e ett v seur s ri l V r uèé le e ' 付さ中 e s nr qa a E t f l o 級. rs ec n n e u a dl g r けおな e u pl i h é t i r イ e 険 m s r a R erc 感 m reér 、 e いよ aep ev ン c r 運 ee q rd er d ao ao, 電事び T 5 h g t u5r nd s バ u 転 nn tiip a e c erv t 。電 i m e の ud I om a o ーの uv o eC d Sedr 源 n lt u a i dt ree i おタ前 i é ndle é n o h r r . 遮 d e S c u a i に s s un の né al a そNaeota t 断 v te,u は ce td c 場 e nlu M e a eeu れ p m xs 後 so u h sn 必 n u 合 d toé P n rme oé a 5が at rb a ず uer E e は d .a 分 x nc p i l o r vo re 'e 取 s i sあ t i t s 、 g r a g 以 i n et N a pè t n eo4 扱 i i e t es 電 g り e e n 内 ss o lui0nt at T e r 説 r a u a 源 r は 0 l d mé ま c ra , t Pc l pe o 明 Ve ’ el のフ l ve a h e r す e e lc u N us.i 書 oef t e 中 té ロ o u f Pir ct tu o 。 ed r rs を u v e J 性ン . et i n ce . T e l rp c l

WA RNING
• Read and understand the manuals available before installing, operating or servicing this drive. • All warnings, cautions, and instructions must be followed. • All work must be performed by qualified personnel. • The drive must be installed according to this manual and local codes.
Heed the safety messages in this manual. The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings in this manual.

WA RNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.

Source page

Page 5

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 5 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

1 Safety Instructions and General Warnings

 Safety Warnings

WA RNING

Inadvertent Movement Hazard

Clear all personnel above or inside the elevator car before performing a test run. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Before using Leveling Distance Control, make sure that parameters for Traction Sheave Diameter (o1-20), Deceleration Distance (S5-11) and the Stop Distance (S5-12) are set to the correct units and values. The elevator will not stop at the designated location or an overrun will occur which may cause injury to personnel if parameters o1-20, S5-11, and S5-12 are set incorrectly.

Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual. Yaskawa is not responsible for the damage caused by modification of the product made by the user. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from operation of damaged equipment.

Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.

Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.

Do not change wiring, remove covers, connectors or options cards, or attempt to service the drive with power applied to the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all power to the drive and check for unsafe voltages before servicing. Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.

Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case. Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work on the drive. Never short the output circuits of the drive.

Do not short the output circuits of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. When using a PM motor, make sure to block the rotor before performing work on the motor or drive output circuit. A PM motor generates electrical power if rotated. If connected to the drive, the drive main circuit will be charged even if the power supply is off. Touching live parts in the drive or output circuit may result in death or serious injury.

Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations. When an EMC filter is installed, the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA. Therefore according to IEC/EN 61800-5-1 automatic power supply interruption in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor must be provided or a protective earthing conductor with a cross section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 5

WA RNING
Inadvertent Movement Hazard
Clear all personnel above or inside the elevator car before performing a test run. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Before using Leveling Distance Control, make sure that parameters for Traction Sheave Diameter (o1-20), Deceleration Distance (S5-11) and the Stop Distance (S5-12) are set to the correct units and values. The elevator will not stop at the designated location or an overrun will occur which may cause injury to personnel if parameters o1-20, S5-11, and S5-12 are set incorrectly.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual. Yaskawa is not responsible for the damage caused by modification of the product made by the user. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from operation of damaged equipment. Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are off and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level. Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives. Do not change wiring, remove covers, connectors or options cards, or attempt to service the drive with power applied to the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all power to the drive and check for unsafe voltages before servicing. Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case. Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work on the drive. Never short the output circuits of the drive. Do not short the output circuits of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. When using a PM motor, make sure to block the rotor before performing work on the motor or drive output circuit. A PM motor generates electrical power if rotated. If connected to the drive, the drive main circuit will be charged even if the power supply is off. Touching live parts in the drive or output circuit may result in death or serious injury. Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations. When an EMC filter is installed, the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA. Therefore according to IEC/EN 61800-5-1 automatic power supply interruption in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor must be provided or a protective earthing conductor with a cross section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used.

Source page

Page 6

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 6 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

1 Safety Instructions and General Warnings

WA RNING Use appropriate equipment for residual current monitoring / detection (RCM / RCD). This drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use an RCM or RCD of type B according to IEC/EN 60755.

Sudden Movement Hazard

Stay clear of the motor during rotational Auto-Tuning. The motor may start operating suddenly. During automatic starting of equipment, the machine may start moving suddenly, which could result in death or serious injury.

System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury. Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads before applying power to the drive. Use parameter S1-12 to enable/disable automatic switching of the Motor Contactor Control output signal during Auto-Tuning.

When using setting S1-12 = 1 or 2, ensure that the multi-function output terminals are properly wired and in the correct state before setting parameter S1-12. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, serious injury or death. Fire Hazard

Drive Short-Circuit Current Rating Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this Installation Manual.

Failure to comply could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V class), and 600 Vac maximum (600 V class) when protected by branch circuit protection devices specified in this manual. Do not use an improper voltage source.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire. Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power. Do not use improper combustible materials in drive installation, repair or maintenance.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire. Attach the drive or braking resistors to metal or other noncombustible material. Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.

• Do not connect AC line power to output terminals U, V, and W. • Make sure that the power supply lines are connected to main circuit input terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 (or R/L1 and S/ L2 for single-phase power). Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.

Crush Hazard Do not carry the drive by the front cover.

Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.

6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

WA RNING
Use appropriate equipment for residual current monitoring / detection (RCM / RCD). This drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use an RCM or RCD of type B according to IEC/EN 60755.
Sudden Movement Hazard
Stay clear of the motor during rotational Auto-Tuning. The motor may start operating suddenly. During automatic starting of equipment, the machine may start moving suddenly, which could result in death or serious injury. System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury. Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads before applying power to the drive. Use parameter S1-12 to enable/disable automatic switching of the Motor Contactor Control output signal during Auto-Tuning. When using setting S1-12 = 1 or 2, ensure that the multi-function output terminals are properly wired and in the correct state before setting parameter S1-12. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, serious injury or death.
Fire Hazard
Drive Short-Circuit Current Rating Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this Installation Manual. Failure to comply could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel. The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V class), and 600 Vac maximum (600 V class) when protected by branch circuit protection devices specified in this manual. Do not use an improper voltage source. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire. Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power. Do not use improper combustible materials in drive installation, repair or maintenance. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire. Attach the drive or braking resistors to metal or other noncombustible material. Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals. • Do not connect AC line power to output terminals U, V, and W. • Make sure that the power supply lines are connected to main circuit input terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 (or R/L1 and S/ L2 for single-phase power). Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover. Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.

Source page

Page 7

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 7 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

1 Safety Instructions and General Warnings

Do not touch the heatsink or braking resistor hardware until a powered-down cooling period has elapsed.

NOTICE

Equipment Hazard

Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.

If a fuse is blown or equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the peripheral devices. Check for short circuits or ground faults on the secondary side of fuses and equipment for residual current monitoring/ detection (RCM/RCD), and check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices. Remove the cause of the problem and then turn the power supply on again. If the cause cannot be identified, do not turn on the power supply or attempt to operate the equipment. Do not restart the drive or immediately operate the peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD) is tripped.

Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified. Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.

Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive. Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the unit. Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive. Use power off resistance checks to determine shortcircuits.

Do not operate damaged equipment. Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.

Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts. Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring. Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.

Only connect recommended devices to the drives braking transistor terminals. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit. Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 0 when connecting a braking option to the drive.

Do not modify the drive circuitry. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.

Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other devices. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

Improper application of devices on drive output circuits can damage the drive Do not connect unapproved LC or RC interference suppression filters, capacitors, ground fault circuits, or overvoltage protection devices to the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 7

CAUTION
Burn Hazard
Do not touch the heatsink or braking resistor hardware until a powered-down cooling period has elapsed.

NOTICE

Equipment Hazard

Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry. If a fuse is blown or equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the peripheral devices. Check for short circuits or ground faults on the secondary side of fuses and equipment for residual current monitoring/ detection (RCM/RCD), and check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices. Remove the cause of the problem and then turn the power supply on again. If the cause cannot be identified, do not turn on the power supply or attempt to operate the equipment. Do not restart the drive or immediately operate the peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD) is tripped. Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified. Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage. Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive. Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the unit. Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive. Use power off resistance checks to determine shortcircuits. Do not operate damaged equipment. Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment. Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts. Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring. Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive. Only connect recommended devices to the drives braking transistor terminals. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit. Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 0 when connecting a braking option to the drive. Do not modify the drive circuitry. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified. Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other devices. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Improper application of devices on drive output circuits can damage the drive Do not connect unapproved LC or RC interference suppression filters, capacitors, ground fault circuits, or overvoltage protection devices to the drive.

Source page

Page 8

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 8 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

1 Safety Instructions and General Warnings

NOTICE Check the motor rotation and elevator movement direction prior to starting up the drive. The drive puts out voltage in phase sequence U-V-W with an Up command. Make sure the elevator moves up if the motor is supplied with this phase sequence.

Always remove the ropes when performing Rotational Auto-Tuning. During Rotational Auto-Tuning the drive turns the motor for a certain time. Not removing the ropes might result in damage to the equipment.

When using a PM motor, make sure the motor can handle the maximum current delivered by the drive. Operating the motor with too high current may result in demagnetization.

 Precautions for CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance

This drive has been tested according to IEC/EN 61800-5-1: 2007, and it fully complies with the Low Voltage Directive. The following conditions must be met to maintain compliance when combining this drive with other devices: • Do not use drives in areas with pollution higher than degree 2 and overvoltage category 3 in accordance with IEC/EN 664. • Ground the neutral point of the main power supply for 400 V Class drives. In the drives L20145 through 20415 and L40112 through 40216, the wire bending space (space between terminals and cable entry point) provided is smaller than recommended in the IEC/EN61800-5-1.

We declared the CE marking based on the harmonized standards. Refer to the Technical Manual or contact Yaskawa for more detailed information.

8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

NOTICE

Check the motor rotation and elevator movement direction prior to starting up the drive. The drive puts out voltage in phase sequence U-V-W with an Up command. Make sure the elevator moves up if the motor is supplied with this phase sequence. Always remove the ropes when performing Rotational Auto-Tuning. During Rotational Auto-Tuning the drive turns the motor for a certain time. Not removing the ropes might result in damage to the equipment. When using a PM motor, make sure the motor can handle the maximum current delivered by the drive. Operating the motor with too high current may result in demagnetization.

Source page

Page 9

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 9 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

2 Mechanical Installation

 Upon Receipt Perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:

• Inspect the drive for damage. If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact your supplier. • Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate. If you have received the wrong model, contact your supplier.

 Installation Environment

For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the conditions listed below.

Environment Conditions Installation Area Indoors IP20 enclosure: -10 to +50°C Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations. Ambient Temperature When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure does not exceed the specified levels. Do not allow ice to develop on the drive. Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation Storage Temperature -20 to +60°C Install the drive in an area free from: • oil mist and dust • metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials • radioactive materials Surrounding Area • combustible materials (e.g., wood) • harmful gases and liquids • excessive vibration • chlorides • direct sunlight Altitude 1000 m or lower, up to 3000 m with derating (for details refer to the Technical Manual) 10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2 Vibration 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (20008 to 20180, 40005 to 40150) or 2.0 m/s2 (CIMR-L20215 to 20415, CIMR-L40180 to 40216) Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.  Installation Orientation and Spacing Always install the drive in an upright position. Leave space around 50 mm 120 mm the unit for proper cooling as shown in the figure on the right.

50 m 30 m mm 30 mm 120 mm Air YEG

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 9

Environment	Conditions
Installation Area	Indoors
Ambient Temperature	IP20 enclosure: -10 to +50°C Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations. When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure does not exceed the specified levels. Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
Humidity	95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage Temperature	-20 to +60°C
Surrounding Area	Install the drive in an area free from: • oil mist and dust • metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials • radioactive materials • combustible materials (e.g., wood) • harmful gases and liquids • excessive vibration • chlorides • direct sunlight
Altitude	1000 m or lower, up to 3000 m with derating (for details refer to the Technical Manual)
Vibration	10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (20008 to 20180, 40005 to 40150) or 2.0 m/s2 (CIMR-L20215 to 20415, CIMR-L40180 to 40216)
Orientation	Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.

Source page

Page 10

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 10 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

2 Mechanical Installation

 Instructions on Installation

Eye bolts are used to install the drive or to temporarily lift the drive when replacing it. The drive can be installed in an enclosure panel or on a wall. Do not leave the drive suspended by the wires in a horizontal or vertical position for long periods of time. Do not transport the drive over long distances. Read the following precautions and instructions before installing the drives. WARNING! Be sure to observe the following instructions and precautions. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury and damage to the drive from falling equipment. • Before using wires to suspend the drive vertically and horizontally, make sure that the drive front cover, terminal blocks and other drive components are securely fixed with screws. • Do not subject the drive to vibration or impact greater than 1.96 m/s2 (0.2 G) while it is suspended by the wires. • Do not overturn the drive while it is suspended by the wires. • Do not leave the drive suspended by the wires for long periods of time.  Horizontal Suspension of the Drive (CIMR-L20346, 20415, 40216) To make a wire hanger or frame for use when lifting the drive with a crane, lay the drive in a horizontal position and pass a wire through the holes of the four eye bolts. When lifting the drive, confirm that the spring washer is fully closed. If not, the drive may become deformed or damaged when lifted. Figure1

A B C D

A - No space between drive and washer C - Space between drive and washer B - Spring washer: Fully closed D - Spring washer: Open

Figure 1 Details of Spring Washers  Vertical Suspension of the Drive (CIMR-L20346, 20415, 40216) CIMR-L20346, 20415, 40216 When vertical suspension of the drive is required in an enclosure panel, the orientation of the eye bolts for these drive models can be easily changed by turning the eye bolts counterclockwise 90 degrees. Figure2

Figure 2 Adjusting Angle of Eye Bolts (CIMR-L20346, 20415, 40216)  Degree of Protection

The degree of protection of L1000A drives is IP20. Install the drive in a cabinet if higher degree of protection is required.

10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Source page

Page 11

Open in PDF

2 Mechanical Installation

 Dimensions

Model Dimensions (mm) Weight Fig. CIMR-L W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d (kg) 20008 140 260 147 122 - 248 6 - 38 5 - M5 3.2 20011 140 260 147 122 - 248 6 - 38 5 - M5 3.2 20018 140 260 164 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 3.5 20025 1 140 260 167 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 4.0 20033 140 260 167 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 4.0 20047 180 300 187 160 - 284 8 - 75 5 - M5 5.6 20060 220 350 197 192 - 335 8 - 78 5 - M6 8.7 20075 2 220 365 197 192 350 335 8 15 78 5 - M6 9.7 20085 254 534 258 195 400 385 7.5 134 100 2.3 2.3 M6 23 20115 279 614 258 220 450 435 7.5 164 100 2.3 2.3 M6 28 20145 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 40 20180 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 40 3 20215 456 868 330 325 705 680 12.5 163 130 3.2 3.2 M10 81 20283 456 868 330 325 705 680 12.5 163 130 3.2 3.2 M10 86 20346 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 105 20415 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 105 40005 140 260 147 122 - 248 6 - 38 5 - M5 3.2 40006 140 260 164 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 3.4 40009 140 260 164 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 3.5 40015 140 260 167 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 3.9 1 40018 140 260 167 122 - 248 6 - 55 5 - M5 3.9 40024 180 300 167 160 - 284 8 - 55 5 - M5 5.4 40031 180 300 187 160 - 284 8 - 75 5 - M5 5.7 40039 220 350 197 192 - 335 8 - 78 5 - M6 8.3 40045 254 465 258 195 400 385 7.5 65 100 2.3 2.3 M6 23 40060 279 515 258 220 450 435 7.5 65 100 2.3 2.3 M6 27 40075 329 630 258 260 510 495 7.5 120 105 2.3 3.2 M6 39 40091 329 630 258 260 510 495 7.5 120 105 2.3 3.2 M6 39 3 40112 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 43 40150 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 45 40180 456 868 330 325 705 680 12.5 163 130 3.2 3.2 M10 85 40216 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 103

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 11 1H 2H H 4-d t1 W D1 D Figure 1 2H W1 1H 0H H W D D1 t1 3H 4-d Figure 2 1H 2H 0H 3H H TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 11 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分 W1 4-d t2 D1 Max 10 W Max 10 D YEG Figure 3

Model CIMR-L	Fig.	Dimensions (mm) W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d	Column	Column	Column	Column	Column	Column	Column	Column	Column	Weight (kg)
		W	H	D	W1	H0	H1	H2 H3	D1 t1	t2
20008	1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2	40	260	147	122	-	248	6 -	38 5	-	M5	3.2
20011		40	260	147	122	-	248	6 -	38 5	-	M5	3.2
20018		40	260	164	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	3.5
20025		40	260	167	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	4.0
20033		40	260	167	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	4.0
20047		80	300	187	160	-	284	8 -	75 5	-	M5	5.6
20060		20	350	197	192	-	335	8 -	78 5	-	M6	8.7
20075	2 2	20	365	197	192	350	335	8 15	78 5	-	M6	9.7
20085	2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 5	54	534	258	195	400	385 7	.5 134	100 2.3	2.3	M6	23
20115		79	614	258	220	450	435 7	.5 164	100 2.3	2.3	M6	28
20145		29	630	283	260	550	535 7	.5 80	110 2.3	2.3	M6	40
20180		29	630	283	260	550	535 7	.5 80	110 2.3	2.3	M6	40
20215		56	868	330	325	705	680 1	2.5 163	130 3.2	3.2	M10	81
20283		56	868	330	325	705	680 1	2.5 163	130 3.2	3.2	M10	86
20346		04 1	038	350	370	800	773	13 238	130 4.5	4.5	M12	105
20415		04 1	038	350	370	800	773	13 238	130 4.5	4.5	M12	105
40005	1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2	40	260	147	122	-	248	6 -	38 5	-	M5	3.2
40006		40	260	164	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	3.4
40009		40	260	164	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	3.5
40015		40	260	167	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	3.9
40018		40	260	167	122	-	248	6 -	55 5	-	M5	3.9
40024		80	300	167	160	-	284	8 -	55 5	-	M5	5.4
40031		80	300	187	160	-	284	8 -	75 5	-	M5	5.7
40039		20	350	197	192	-	335	8 -	78 5	-	M6	8.3
40045	2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 5	54	465	258	195	400	385 7	.5 65	100 2.3	2.3	M6	23
40060		79	515	258	220	450	435 7	.5 65	100 2.3	2.3	M6	27
40075		29	630	258	260	510	495 7	.5 120	105 2.3	3.2	M6	39
40091		29	630	258	260	510	495 7	.5 120	105 2.3	3.2	M6	39
40112		29	630	283	260	550	535 7	.5 80	110 2.3	2.3	M6	43
40150		29	630	283	260	550	535 7	.5 80	110 2.3	2.3	M6	45
40180		56	868	330	325	705	680 1	2.5 163	130 3.2	3.2	M10	85
40216		04 1	038	350	370	800	773	13 238	130 4.5	4.5	M12	103

Source page

Page 12

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 12 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

The figure below shows the main and control circuit wiring.

T f c o o e r n r c m n o e i n n c n a t e l p s c o - t w i , n + e g 1 r o , s p + u t 2 p io , p n B ly s 1 . l , i N n B e e 2 s v e a to r r e UU DC (o p re ti a o c n t ) or XX <1> The (o rm pt a io l n re ) lay these terminals Jumper W p ou o i t w r p in e u g r t t i s o s e t t q r h i u g e e g d n e r c r i e e ve d s . h w o h u e l n d a sh f u a t u o lt ff 2MCCB sr t1 11 ++2 Main C ++ ir 1 cuit − B1 B2B (o r p a t k io in n g ) resistor U/T1 <2> U Motor

Three-phase E R LCB (MCCB) MC Fuse EMC R/L1 V W / / T T 2 3 W V M p 2 5 o 0 0 w 0 /6 e 0 t r o s H u 2 z p 4 p 0 ly V S T Filter S T/ / L L 3 2 Drive Shielded I s f u r p u p n l n y i , n a g s fr te o p m - d a o 4 w 0 n 0 t r V a n p s o f w or e m r er Ground Cable is needed to reduce the voltage Control Circuit MCMB 2MCCB THRX OFF ON MC to 200 V. Up command / Stop S1 Option card connectors B Th ra e k rm ing a l r r e e s la is y to t r r ip u n c i o t nta M ct C T S H A RX Down command / Stop S2 C C N N 5 5 - - C B YEG 1 2 SA Nominal Speed S3 CN5-A TRX M T C R M X A SA I In n t s e p r e m c e t d io ia n t e O S pe pe ra e t d io 1 n S S 4 5 T ju e m rm pe in r a a l n b d o a sw rd i tch F co a n u t l a t c re t lay (de M d fa u ig u lt t i l i - t a f s u l e n in t c t p i t n i u o g t n s ) Leveling Speed S6 Off On D T Ju e IP m rm p S . e w R r i t e S c s 3 h . S O 2 n/Off Not Used S7 H Si 1 n , k H /S 2 o urce Sel. Not Used S8 SN S s (d e in e le k fa c / u t i S o lt: n o S u w i r n c ir k e e ) m li < n o k 3 d > e S S C P M M M C A B F 2 3 (m 5 0 a 0 i u n V l . t V d 5 r c a e , c V l a m , d y m a c o , x a u 1 x 1 t . 0 p A 1 u m t A A) +24 V M1 Multi-function relay output (Brake Control) Shield ground terminal M2 2 3 5 0 0 V V dc a , c m , m ax a x 1 . A 1 A (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA) 2 kΩ +V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA M M 3 4 M 2 3 5 0 u 0 l V t i V d -f c a u , c n m , c m t a io x a n x 1 . r e A 1 l a A y output (Output Contactor Control) A1 Analog Input 1 (Speed Bias) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA) a M n u a lt lo i-f g u n in c p ti u o t n s -10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) M5 Multi-function relay output (Drive Ready) A A C 2 A -1 n 0 a t l o o g + I 1 n 0 p u V t d 2 c ( N (2 o 0 t k u Ω se ) d) M6 2 3 (m 5 0 0 in V . V d 5 c a , c V m , d m a c, x a 1 x 1 . 0 A 1 m A A) 0 V P1 −V Pow T e e r ( r s 1 m u 2 i p n 0 p a Ω l t y io , , n 1 -1 / r 2 0 e . W s 5 is ) V to d r c, max. 20 mA P C 2 1 P P (D h h u o o r t t i o o n g C C F o o u r u e p p q l l e e u r r e 2 1 ncy Output) D 5 2 (d i t t g e o o i f t a 4 5 a u 8 0 l l o t V m u s d t A e p c t u tin t g) DIP C2 (not used) R++ Switch S2 R(cid:16)(cid:16) M c E o M m m O a m x B . . U R 1 S 1 S 5 / 4 M . 8 2 o 5 k d / B 4 b 2 u p 2 s s S S ++ (cid:16) FM −FM + M ( - O 1 u 0 u l t t t i p o -f u u + t n 1 S c 0 p t i V o e n e d d c a ) n (2 a m lo A g ) output 1 IG AM AC −AM + M (O u u lt t i p -f u u t n C c u tio rr n e n a t n ) alog output 2 H1 0 V -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) H2 E (G) Safe Disable inputs <4> DM++ shielded line HC DM−− EDM (Safety Electronic Device Monitor) c tw on is t t r e o d l - c p ir a c i u r i s t h te ie r l m de in d a l l ine main circuit terminal <1> Remove the jumper when installing a DC reactor. Models CIMR-L20085 through 20415 and 40045 through 40216 come with a built-in DC reactor. <2> The drive provides a stop function in compliance with Stop Category 0 (EN 60204-1) and “Safe Torque Off” (IEC/EN 61800-5-2). It has been designed to meet the requirements of the ISO/EN 13849-1, Category 3 PLd, and IEC/EN 61508, SIL2. Using this function the number of motor contactors can be reduced to one. Refer to Safe Disable Input Function on page 48 for details. <3> Never short terminals SP and SN, as doing so will damage the drive. <4> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1-HC and H2-HC when utilizing the Safe Disable inputs. Note: 1. The drive should be implemented in the system in a way so that a drive fault causes the safety chain to open. Always use terminal MA-MB-MC for this purpose. 2. Even though no fault is present, conditions where the drive may not start can occur, e.g. when the Digital Operator is left in the Programming Mode. Use the “Drive Ready” output (default set to terminals M5-M6) to interlock operation in such situations. 12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Column	MCMB 2MCCB THRX OFF ON MC SA Braking resistor unit MC	Column
	Thermal relay trip contact THRX 1 2 SA TRX MCMA SA TRX

Down command / Stop Nominal Speed Inspection Operation Intermediate Speed 1 Leveling Speed Not Used Not Used	S2 S3 S4
	S5 S6 S7
	S8 SN

C1
P2 C2

R R(cid:16)(cid:16)
S++
S(cid:16)

AM	Column	Column	− +
AC			−AM +

Source page

Page 13

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 13 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

 Wiring Specification

 Main Circuit

Use the fuses and line filters listed in the table below when wiring the main circuit. Do not to exceed the given tightening torque values.

EMC Filter Main Circuit Terminal Sizes Recom. CI M M o R d - e L l  Ma S n c u h f a a f c f t n u e r r er: Man B uf l a o c c t k urer: [B M u a s in s m Fu a s n e n ] Mot ( o m r m C 2 a ) ble U/ R T / 1 L , 1 V , / S T / 2 L , 2 W ,T /T /L 3 3 , , - , +3 B1, B2 +1, +2 20008 FS5972-18-07 FB-40014A FWH-70B 20011 2.5 M4 20018 FB-40025A FWH-90B M4 M4 FS5972-35-07 20025 FWH-100B 6 M5 20033 FB-40060A 10 FS5972-60-07 - 20047 FWH-200B M6 16 20060 FB-40072A M5 M6 FS5972-100-35 20075 FB-40105A 25 M8 FWH-300A 20085 35 M8 FS5972-170-40 M8 20115 FB-40170A FWH-350A 50 M10 20145 70 M10 FS5972-250-37 FWH-400A M10 - M10 20180 FB-40250A 95 20215 FWH-600A FS5972-410-99 95 × 2P 20283 FB-40414A FWH-700A M12 M10 - M12 20346 FWH-800A 240 FS5972-600-99 20415 FB-40675A FWH-1000B 300 40005 FB-40008A FWH-70B 40006 FS5972-18-07 M4 2.5 40009 FB-40014A FWH-90B M4 M4 40015 FWH-80B FB-40025A M5 40018 FS5972-35-07 FWH-100B 4 - 40024 FWH-125B FB-40044A 6 M5 40031 FWH-200B M5 M6 40039 FS5972-60-07 M6 FB-40060A 16 40045 M8 40060 FB-40072A FWH-250A FS5972-100-35 25 M8 M8 40075 FB-40105A M8 - 40091 35 40112 FS5972-170-35 FWH-350A 50 FB-40170A M10 M10 - M10 40150 FWH-400A 70 40180 FS5972-250-37 FWH-500A 95 FB-40250A M10 M10 - M10 40216 FS5972-410-99 FWH-600A 120 Tightening Torque Values Tighten the main circuit terminals using the torque values provided in the table below. Terminal Size M4 M5<1> M6 M8 M10 M12 Tightening Torque (Nm) 1.2 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5 4.0 to 6.0 9.0 to 11.0 18.0 to 23.0 32.0 to 40.0 <1> The tightening torque differs for the following terminals. For use with CIMR-L4A0024 and 4A0031 R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2: 3.6 to 4.0 Nm B1, B2: 2.7 to 3.0 Nm YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 13

Model CIMR-L	EMC Filter	Column	Main Fuse [Bussmann]	Recom. Motor Cable (mm2)	Main Circuit Terminal Sizes	Column	Column	Column
	Manufacturer: Schaffner	Manufacturer: Block			R/L1,S/L2,T/L3, U/T1,V/T2,W/T3, -, +1, +2	+3	B1, B2
20008	FS5972-18-07	FB-40014A	FWH-70B	2.5	M4	-	M4	M4
20011
20018	FS5972-35-07	FB-40025A	FWH-90B
20025		FB-40060A	FWH-100B	6				M5
20033	FS5972-60-07		FWH-200B	10
20047				16	M6		M5	M6
20060	FS5972-100-35	FB-40072A			M8
20075		FB-40105A	FWH-300A	25
20085	FS5972-170-40	FB-40170A		35			M8	M8
20115			FWH-350A	50	M10		M10
20145	FS5972-250-37		FWH-400A	70		M10	-	M10
20180		FB-40250A		95
20215	FS5972-410-99	FB-40414A	FWH-600A	95 × 2P	M12	M10	-	M12
20283			FWH-700A
20346	FS5972-600-99		FWH-800A	240
20415		FB-40675A	FWH-1000B	300
40005	FS5972-18-07	FB-40008A	FWH-70B	2.5	M4	-	M4	M4
40006
40009		FB-40014A	FWH-90B
40015	FS5972-35-07	FB-40025A	FWH-80B					M5
40018			FWH-100B	4
40024		FB-40044A	FWH-125B	6	M5		M5	M6
40031	FS5972-60-07		FWH-200B
40039		FB-40060A	FWH-250A	16	M6
40045					M8		M8	M8
40060	FS5972-100-35	FB-40072A		25
40075		FB-40105A				M8	-
40091	FS5972-170-35			35
40112		FB-40170A	FWH-350A	50	M10	M10	-	M10
40150			FWH-400A	70
40180	FS5972-250-37	FB-40250A	FWH-500A	95	M10	M10	-	M10
40216	FS5972-410-99		FWH-600A	120

Terminal Size	M4	M5<1>	M6	M8	M10	M12
Tightening Torque (Nm)	1.2 to 1.5	2.0 to 2.5	4.0 to 6.0	9.0 to 11.0	18.0 to 23.0	32.0 to 40.0

Source page

Page 14

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 14 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

 Control Circuit The control terminal board is equipped with screwless terminals. Always use wires within the specifications listed below. For safe wiring, Yaskawa recommends solid wires or flexible stranded wires with ferrules. Use ferrules with a length of 8 mm.

Wire Type Wire Size (mm2) Solid 0.2 to 1.5 Stranded 0.2 to 1.0 Stranded wire with ferrule 0.25 to 0.5

 EMC Filter Installation This drive has been tested in accordance with European standards IEC/EN 61800-3. Install the drive and wire the main circuit as described below.

1. Install an appropriate EMC noise filter to the input side. See the table in Main Circuit on page 13 or refer to the Technical Manual for details. 2. Place the drive and EMC noise filter in the same enclosure. 3. Use braided shield cable for motor and control circuit wiring. 4. Remove any paint or dirt from ground connections for minimal ground impedance. 5. Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA in models CIMR-L4A0370 and larger, IEC/EN 61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a cross-section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury. 6. Install an AC or DC reactor for IEC/EN 12015 compliance. Refer to the Technical Manual or contact your supplier for details. L3 L2 Make sure the ground wire is grounded L1 PE Enclosure panel Metal plate Grounding surface (remove any paint or sealant)

YEG E

LLL333 LLL222 LLL111

Drive EMC noise filter Grounding surface (remove any paint or sealant) Ground plate (scrape off any visible paint) Cable clamp Motor cable (braided shield cable, max. 10 m)

Ground the cable shield Motor

14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Wire Type	Wire Size (mm2)
Solid	0.2 to 1.5
Stranded	0.2 to 1.0
Stranded wire with ferrule	0.25 to 0.5

Source page

Page 15

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 15 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

 Main and Control Circuit Wiring

 Wiring the Main Circuit Input

Note the following precautions when wiring the main circuit input: • Use only fuses recommended in Main Circuit on page 13. • When using residual current monitoring or detection devices (RCM / RCD), make sure the devices are designed for use with AC drives (e.g., type B according to IEC/EN 60755). • If using an input switch, make sure that the switch does not operate more frequently than once every 30 minutes. • Use a DC reactor or AC reactor on the input side of the drive: - To suppress harmonic current. - To improve the power factor on the power supply side. - When using an advancing capacitor switch. - With a large capacity power supply transformer (over 600 kVA).

 Wiring the Main Circuit Output

Note the following precautions for the output circuit wiring: • Do not connect any load other than a three-phase motor to the output side of the drive. • Never connect a power source to the drive output. • Never short or ground the output terminals. • Do not use phase correction capacitors. • Check the control sequence to make sure that the motor contactor is not turned ON or OFF during drive operation. Turning on the motor contactor while voltage is output causes an inrush current that is likely to trigger the drive’s overcurrent protection. Note: The drive provides a Safe Disable function that can be utilized to reduce the number of motor contactors to one. Refer to Safe Disable Input Function on page 48 for details.  Ground Connection

Take the following precautions when grounding the drive: • Make sure the ground conductor complies with the general technical standards and local regulations. • Keep ground wires as short as possible. • Always make sure the ground impedance is conform to the requirements of local safety and installation regulations. • Never share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines, etc. • Do not loop the ground wire when using more than one drive.

 Control Circuit Wiring Precautions Note the following precautions for wiring the control circuits:

• Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring and other high-power lines. • Separate wiring for control circuit terminals M1 to M6, MA, MB, and MC (contact output) from wiring to other control circuit terminals. • Use twisted-pair or shielded twisted-pair cables for control circuits to prevent operating faults. • Ground the cable shields with the maximum contact area of the shield and ground. • Cable shields should be grounded on both cable ends. • Note that flexible wires with ferrules may fit tightly into the terminals. To disconnect them, grasp the wire end with a pair of pliers, release the terminal using a straight-edge screwdriver, turn the wire for about 45°, and pull it gently out of the terminal. For details, refer to the Technical Manual. Use this procedure for removing the wire link between HC, H1, and H2 when the Safe Disable function is utilized.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 15

Source page

Page 16

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 16 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

 Main Circuit Terminals

Terminal Type 200 V Class Model 20008 to 20075 20085, 20115 20145 to 20415 Function 400 V Class CIMR-L 40005 to 40039 40045, 40060 40075 to 40216 R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 Main circuit power supply input Connects line power to the drive U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Drive output Connects to the motor Available for connecting a braking B1, B2 Braking resistor Not available resistor or a braking resistor unit option +2 • DC reactor connection Not available For connection (+1, +2) (remove the +1, - shorting bar between • DC power supply • of the drive to a DC power supply +1 and +2) DC power supply input input (+1, -) (terminals +1 and - are not UL +3 • DC power supply (+1, -) • Braking unit approved) input (+1, -) connection (+3, -) • of dynamic braking options - Grounding terminal Note: Use terminal B1 and - terminals when installing the braking unit (CDBR type) to the drives with built-in braking transistor (20008 to 20115, 40005 to 40060).  Control Circuit Terminals The figure below shows the control circuit terminal arrangement. The drive is equipped with screwless terminals.

A B G E E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S- M3 M4 M6 F E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S- M3 M4 M6 D V+ AC V- A1 A2 FM AM AC P1 C1 P2 C2 M1 M2 M5 V+ AC V- A1 A2 FM AM AC P1 C1 P2 C2 M1 M2 M5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC C S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC w U it s h e a a b s la tr d a e ig w ht i - d e th d g o e f m sc a re x w 2 d .5 ri v m e m r and a thickness of max 0.6 mm to release the terminals YEG A - Terminal Block (TB 2) E - Terminal Block (TB 4) B - Terminal Block (TB 5) F - DIP switch S2 C - Terminal Block (TB 1) G - Jumper S3 D - Terminal Block (TB 3) DIP switch S2 and jumper S3 are located on the terminal board. Set them as described below. S2 RS422/485 Termination Resistor Off On

Safe Disable Input S3 Sink/Source/External Supply Selection Sink Source External 24 Vdc Power Supply

16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Terminal	Column	Type	Column	Column	Function
200 V Cla	ss Model 2 ss CIMR-L 4	0008 to 20075	20085, 20115 2	0145 to 20415
400 V Cla		0005 to 40039	40045, 40060 4	0075 to 40216
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3		Main circuit power supply input			Connects line power to the drive
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3		Drive output			Connects to the motor
B1, B2		Braking resistor		Not available	Available for connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit option
+2 • DC (+1 +1, - sho +1 +3 • DC inp		reactor connection , +2) (remove the rting bar between and +2) power supply ut (+1, -)	Not available		For connection • of the drive to a DC power supply (terminals +1 and - are not UL approved) • of dynamic braking options
			• DC power supply input (+1, -) •	DC power supply input (+1, -) Braking unit connection (+3, -)
		-			Grounding terminal
	Use terminal B1 and - te 20008 to 20115, 4 trol Circuit Ter e below shows the c E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+

S2	RS422/485 Termination Resistor	Off On
S3 Sin	Safe Disable Input k/Source/External Supply Selection	Sink Source External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Source page

Page 17

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 17 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

 Sinking/Sourcing Mode (NPN/PNP Selection)

Use a wire link between terminals SC and SP or SC and SN to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the digital inputs S1 to S8 as shown below (Default: Sink mode, internal power supply). Note: Never short terminals SP and SN as doing so will damage the drive.

Internal Power Supply - Sinking Mode (NPN) (default) External Power Supply - Sinking Mode (NPN)

S7 S7

S8 S8

SN SN

SC SC 24 Vdc 24 Vdc SP External SP 24 Vdc ±10% Internal Power Supply - Sourcing Mode (PNP) External Power Supply - Sourcing Mode (PNP)

S7 S7

S8 S8

SN SN

SC SC 24 Vdc 24 Vdc SP External SP 24 Vdc ±10%  Control Circuit Terminal Functions

Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting S1 Up Command (Closed: Up, Open: Stop) S2 Down Command (Closed: Down, Open: Stop) S3 Multi-function input 3 (Nominal Speed) Photocoupler S4 Multi-function input 4 (Inspection Operation) 24 Vdc, 8 mA Digital Inputs S5 Multi-function input 5 (Intermediate Speed 1) Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and S6 Multi-function input 6 (Leveling Speed) SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply. S7 Multi-function input 7 (Not used) S8 Multi-function input 8 (Not used) SC Multi-function input common Photocoupler, 24 Vdc, 8 mA Digital Input SN 0 V Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and Power Supply SP +24 Vdc SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply. H1 Safe Disable input 1 24 Vdc, 8 mA One or both open: Drive output disabled Both closed: Normal operation Safe Disable Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ Inputs H2 Safe Disable input 2 Off time of at least 1 ms Set the S3 jumper to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply. HC Safe Disable function common Common for the Safe Disable function

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 17

Internal Power Supply - Sinking Mode (NPN) (default) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc SP	External Power Supply - Sinking Mode (NPN) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc External SP 24 Vdc ±10%
Internal Power Supply - Sourcing Mode (PNP) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc SP	External Power Supply - Sourcing Mode (PNP) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc External SP 24 Vdc ±10%

S8	Column	Column	Column
SN SC
SC

S8	Column	Column	Column	Column
SN SC

S8	Column	Column	Column
SN SC
SC

S8	Column	Column	Column	Column
SN SC
SC

Type	No.	Terminal Name (Function)	Function (Signal Level) Default Setting
Digital Inputs	S1	Up Command (Closed: Up, Open: Stop)	Photocoupler 24 Vdc, 8mA Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
	S2	Down Command (Closed: Down, Open: Stop)
	S3	Multi-function input 3 (Nominal Speed)
	S4	Multi-function input 4 (Inspection Operation)
	S5	Multi-function input 5 (Intermediate Speed 1)
	S6	Multi-function input 6 (Leveling Speed)
	S7	Multi-function input 7 (Not used)
	S8	Multi-function input 8 (Not used)
Digital Input Power Supply	SC	Multi-function input common	Photocoupler, 24 Vdc, 8mA Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
	SN	0 V
	SP	+24 Vdc
Safe Disable Inputs	H1	Safe Disable input 1	24 Vdc, 8 mA One or both open: Drive output disabled Both closed: Normal operation Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ Off time of at least 1 ms Set the S3 jumper to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
	H2	Safe Disable input 2
	HC	Safe Disable function common	Common for the Safe Disable function

Source page

Page 18

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 18 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

3 Electrical Installation

Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting +V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max. allowable current 20 mA) -V Power supply for analog inputs -10.5 Vdc (max. allowable current 20 mA) A1 Multi-function analog input 1 (Speed Reference Bias) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ) Analog Inputs A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Not used) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ) AC Analog Input common 0 V E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards - MA N.O. output Fault Relay MB N.C. output MC Fault output common M1 Relay output 1 (Brake Control) 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A M2 Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA Multi-Function M3 Relay output 2 (Output Contactor Control) Relay Output M4 M5 Relay output 3 (Drive Ready) M6 P1 Multi-Function Photocoupler output 1 (During frequency output 2) C1 Photocoupler Photocoupler output 48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA Output P2 Photocoupler output 2 (Not used) C2 FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output speed) -10 to +10 Vdc, 0 to +10 Vdc Monitor Output AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current) AC Monitor common 0 V Safety Monitor DM+ Safety monitor output Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Closed when both Safe Output DM- Safety monitor output common Disable channels are closed. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA. NOTICE: The terminals HC, H1, H2 are used for the Safe Disable function. Safe Disable can be used to enable/disable the drive. If special requirement are fulfilled, it can also be utilized for reducing the number of motor contactors to one. Refer to Safe Disable Input Function on page 48 for details. Always remove the wire link between HC, H1, or H2 when using Safe Disable. NOTICE: The wiring length to terminals HC, H1 and H2 should not exceed 30 m. NOTICE: When connecting a reactive load such as a relay coil to a photo coupler output, attach a flywheel diode to the load (relay coil) like shown below. Ensure the diode rating is greater than the circuit voltage. Flywheel diode Supply ( D m C a x P o 4 w 8 e V r ) Re lo a a c d tive I (max 50 mA)

18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Type	No.	Terminal Name (Function)	Function (Signal Level) Default Setting
Analog Inputs	+V	Power supply for analog inputs	10.5 Vdc (max. allowable current 20 mA)
	-V	Power supply for analog inputs	-10.5 Vdc (max. allowable current 20 mA)
	A1	Multi-function analog input 1 (Speed Reference Bias)	-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
	A2	Multi-function analog input 2 (Not used)	-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
	AC	Analog Input common	0 V
	E (G)	Ground for shielded lines and option cards	-
Fault Relay	MA	N.O. output	30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
	MB	N.C. output
	MC	Fault output common
Multi-Function Relay Output	M1	Relay output 1 (Brake Control)
	M2
	M3	Relay output 2 (Output Contactor Control)
	M4
	M5	Relay output 3 (Drive Ready)
	M6
Multi-Function Photocoupler Output	P1	Photocoupler output 1 (During frequency output 2)	Photocoupler output 48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA
	C1
	P2	Photocoupler output 2 (Not used)
	C2
Monitor Output	FM	Analog monitor output 1 (Output speed)	-10 to +10 Vdc, 0 to +10 Vdc
	AM	Analog monitor output 2 (Output current)
	AC	Monitor common	0 V
Safety Monitor Output	DM+	Safety monitor output	Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Closed when both Safe Disable channels are closed. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA.
	DM-	Safety monitor output common

Source page

Page 19

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 19 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

4 Keypad Operation

 Digital Operator and Keys

The digital operator is used to program the drive, to start and stop it, and to display DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM fault information. The LEDs indicate the operating status of the drive.

YEG

F1 F2 ESC R LO E

RESET ENTER RUN STOP

 Keys and Functions

Key Name Function

F1 Function Key The functions assigned to F1 and F2 vary depending on the menu that is currently displayed. The (F1, F2) name of each function appears in the lower half of the display window. F2 • Returns to the previous display. ESC Key • Moves the cursor one space to the left. ESC • Pressing and holding this button will return to the Speed Reference display. • Moves the cursor to the right. RESET Key RESET • Resets the drive to clear a fault situation. Starts the drive in the LOCAL mode. The Run LED: • is on, when the drive is operating the motor. RUN RUN Key • flashes when decelerating to stop (“ramp to stop”), or when the speed reference is 0. • flashes quickly when the drive is disabled by a DI, when the drive was stopped using an Emergency Stop command via the digital inputs, or when an Up/Down command is active during power up. Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values. Scrolls down to display the previous item, selects parameter numbers and decrements setting Down Arrow Key values. STOP STOP Key Stops drive operation. • Enters parameter values and settings. ENTER Key ENTER • Selects a menu item to move between displays. LO/RE Selection Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals R LO E Key (REMOTE). The LED is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad). On: When the drive detects a fault. Flashing: ALM ALM LED Light • When an alarm occurs. • When oPE is detected. • When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 19

Key	Name	Function
F1 F2	Function Key (F1, F2)	The functions assigned to F1 and F2 vary depending on the menu that is currently displayed. The name of each function appears in the lower half of the display window.
ESC	ESC Key	• Returns to the previous display. • Moves the cursor one space to the left. • Pressing and holding this button will return to the Speed Reference display.
RESET	RESET Key	• Moves the cursor to the right. • Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.
RUN	RUN Key	Starts the drive in the LOCAL mode. The Run LED: • is on, when the drive is operating the motor. • flashes when decelerating to stop (“ramp to stop”), or when the speed reference is 0. • flashes quickly when the drive is disabled by a DI, when the drive was stopped using an Emergency Stop command via the digital inputs, or when an Up/Down command is active during power up.
	Up Arrow Key	Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
	Down Arrow Key	Scrolls down to display the previous item, selects parameter numbers and decrements setting values.
STOP	STOP Key	Stops drive operation.
ENTER	ENTER Key	• Enters parameter values and settings. • Selects a menu item to move between displays.
LO RE	LO/RE Selection Key	Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals (REMOTE). The LED is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad).
ALM	ALM LED Light	On: When the drive detects a fault. Flashing: • When an alarm occurs. • When oPE is detected. • When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning.

Source page

Page 20

Open in PDF

4 Keypad Operation

 Menu Structure and Modes

The following illustration explains the operator keypad menu structure. Figure1.1

- MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy Speed Ref (OPR) Speed Ref 1 U1-01= 0.00% U1-01= 000.00% U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ (cid:14804)0.00(cid:14890)50.00(cid:14805) U1-03 F = W 0 D .00 F A WD L /R R E E V F ← (cid:780)0 F . W 00 D %(cid:781) → <2> - MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy Monitor Menu Monitor Speed Reference U1-01= 0.00% U1 -01= 0.00% U1- 01 = 0.00% U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LREF U1-03= 0.00A LREF U1-03= 0.00A LREF FWDFWD/REV FWDFWD/REV FWDFWD/REV - MODE - PRG -MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy Modified Consts U2 -0 F 1= au l o t C Trace U1- 0 O 2 u t = p u 0 t . S 00 p % eed X P M ar o a d m ifi e e t d ers U U 2 2 - - 0 0 2 3 = = o 0 P .0 r 0Hz R LR SE E Q F U U 1 1 - - 0 0 3 4 = = 0 0 .00A R LR SE E Q F HELP FWD DATA <3> FWDFWD/REV FWDFWD/REV - MODE - PRG Quick Setting Initial Display <4> L1000A HELP FWD DATA XXXV(cid:14)X.X/X.XkW L1000A XX.XX/XX.XXA YASKAWA <XXX> <5> - MODE - PRG Programming HELP FWD DATA - MODE - PRG Rdy Auto-Tuning AUTO HELP FWD DATA <1> Drive cannot operate the motor. <2> Flashing characters are shown as 0 . <3> X characters are shown in this manual. The LCD Operator will display the actual setting values. <4> The speed reference appears after the initial display which shows the product name. <5> The information that appears on the display will vary depending on the drive. 20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide edoM evirD edoM gnimmargorP >1< TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 20 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分 YEG

- MODE - DRV Rdy Speed Ref (OPR) U1-01= 0.00%	Column	Column
U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LREF FWDFWD/REV	RSEQ

-MONITR- DRVRdy
Speed Ref 1 U1-01= 000.00% (cid:14804)0.00(cid:14890)50.00(cid:14805) (cid:780)0.00%(cid:781) FWD

-MONITR- DRVRdy Monitor U1 -01= 0.00%	Column
U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LREF FWDFWD/REV	RSEQ

-MONITR- DRVRdy Speed Reference U1- 01 = 0.00%	Column
U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LREF FWDFWD/REV	RSEQ

U2-02= oPr RSEQ U2-03= 0.00Hz LREF FWDFWD/REV	RSEQ
	LREF

U1-03= 0.00A RSEQ U1-04= 0 LREF FWDFWD/REV	RSEQ
	LREF

- MODE - PRG Quick Setting HELP FWD DATA	Column	Column	Column
- MODE - PRG Programming HELP FWD DATA

Source page

Page 21

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 21 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Drive Setup Procedure The illustration below shows the basic setup procedure. The steps from switching on power are explained more detailed on the following pages.

START

Mechanical installation

Main and control circuit wiring

Check the encoder power supply selection. (Closed Loop Control only) Apply main power on to the drive. Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power.

Check the motor rotation direction. Select the control mode in parameter A1-02.

Set up the encoder feedback in F1-(cid:3)(cid:3) parameters when using a Closed Loop Control and check the encoder rotation direction.

Set the unit for length values in parameter o1-12. Set up o1-20 to o1-22 and then select the display units for speed, acceleration and deceleration ramp and jerk settings in o1-03. Perform Auto-Tuning for motor parameters and the encoder offset. For control modes below, refer to Auto-Tuning Induction Motors on page26. (cid:129) V/f Control (cid:129) Open Loop Vector Control (cid:129) Closed Loop Vector Control For Closed Loop Vector for PM, refer to Auto-Tuning PM Motors on page 27. Digital operator (b1-01 = 0) Determine the (Speed selection by digital inputs) source of the speed reference. Set the Speed Reference Selection mode Analog Input parameter d1-18. Assign functions to the analog/digital I/O terminals using parameters H1-(cid:2)(cid:2), H2-(cid:2)(cid:2), H3-(cid:2)(cid:2), and H4-(cid:2)(cid:2). Assign functions to the digital I/O terminals using parameters H1-(cid:2)(cid:2) and H2-(cid:2)(cid:2). Set up the Set up the (cid:129) Acceleration/deceleration ramp (C1-(cid:2)(cid:2)) (cid:129) Preset speed references (d1-(cid:2)(cid:2)) (cid:129) Jerk settings (C2-(cid:2)(cid:2)) (cid:129) Acceleration/deceleration ramp (C1-(cid:2)(cid:2)) (cid:129) Jerk settings (C2-(cid:2)(cid:2)) Set up the Inspection Operation sequence.

Perform a test run.

Fine-tuning (cid:129) Adjust settings for the brake sequence. (cid:129) Adjust speed control loop (C5-(cid:2)(cid:2)) etc. FINISH

Note: Set parameter H5-11 to 1 when setting parameters using MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 21

Source page

Page 22

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 22 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Power On

Before turning on the power supply: • Make sure all wires are connected properly. Also make sure motor phases are connected in the right sequence. • Make sure that no screws, loose wire ends, or tools are left in the drive. • If an encoder option card is used make sure the encoder is wired correctly and the power supply on the option card is set according to the encoder specification.

After turning the power on, the drive mode display should appear and no fault or alarm should be displayed. In case of any error refer to Troubleshooting on page 42.

 Control Mode Selection

When the drive is first powered up, one of the four control modes must be selected to match the application. Note that Closed Loop Vector modes require encoder feedback cards. The table below indicates possible control modes depending on the motor type and shows the required encoder feedback card.

Machine Type Control Mode A1-02 Setting Encoder Option Card V/f Control 0 No card required Induction motor without encoder Open Loop Vector Control 2 No card required Induction motor with incremental encoder Closed Loop Vector Control 3 PG-B3 / PG-X3 Permanent magnet motor with EnDat 2.1/01, Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors 7 PG-F3 EnDat 2.2/01, or EnDat 2.2/22 encoder Permanent magnet motor with ERN1387 encoder Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors 7 PG-E3 Yaskawa IPM motor with incremental encoder Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors 7 PG-X3  Motor Rotation Direction Setup Depending on the elevator configuration it might be necessary to change the motor direction in order to have the elevator traveling up when the Up command is given to the drive. Do the following to check the motor rotation direction. • The drive puts out voltage in U-V-W phase sequence when an Up command is input. Check the motor rotation with this phase sequence (for most motors clockwise seen from the shaft side). • If the motor drives the elevator in the up direction with a U-V-W sequence, make sure parameter b1-14 is set to 0. • If the motor drives the elevator in the down direction with a U-V-W sequence, set parameter b1-14 is set to 1.

Note: Always perform motor rotation direction setup prior to setting the encoder rotation direction.

 Encoder Setup

 Encoder Resolution Setup Set the encoder resolution (incremental signal in case of absolute encoders with Sin/Cos tracks) in parameter F1-01.

 Encoder Rotation Direction Setup

Perform the following steps to make sure the encoder rotation direction is set up correctly in the drive. If information about the signal sequence of the encoder are available • Check the sequence of encoder phases A and B when the motor drives the elevator in the up direction. • If the encoder A phase leads phase B, make sure F1-05 is set to 0. • If the encoder B phase leads phase A, make sure F1-05 is set to 1. If no information about the signal sequence of the encoder are available • Turn the motor manually in elevator up direction while checking the value of monitor U1-05. • If the value in U1-05 is positive, the set encoder direction is correct. • If the value in U1-05 is negative, alter the setting of parameter F1-05.

Note: Always set the motor rotation direction prior to the encoder rotation direction. Refer to Motor Rotation Direction Setup on page 22.

22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Machine Type	Control Mode	A1-02 Setting	Encoder Option Card
Induction motor without encoder	V/f Control	0	No card required
	Open Loop Vector Control	2	No card required
Induction motor with incremental encoder	Closed Loop Vector Control	3	PG-B3 / PG-X3
Permanent magnet motor with EnDat 2.1/01, EnDat 2.2/01, or EnDat 2.2/22 encoder	Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors	7	PG-F3
Permanent magnet motor with ERN1387 encoder	Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors	7	PG-E3
Yaskawa IPM motor with incremental encoder	Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors	7	PG-X3

Source page

Page 23

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 23 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Digital Operator Display Unit Selection

The drive allows to choose between different display units for speed related parameters and monitors, acceleration and deceleration ramps and jerk settings. The units can be selected using parameter o1-03 like shown below.

Display Unit o1-03 Setting Speed Setting/Monitors Accel/Decel Ramps Jerk Settings (d1-, U1-02, U1-02,...) (C1-) (C2-) 0 0.01 Hz 1 (default) 0.01% 2 1 rpm 0.01 s 0.01 s 3 User defined 4 0.01 m/s 5 0.01 m/s 0.01 m/s2 0.01 m/s3

When using setting 4 or 5 certain mechanical data have to be programmed to the drive prior to changing o1-03. Perform the following steps. 1. Make sure motor data are set up correctly. Verify the setting of the maximum output frequency in parameter E1-04 and the setting for the number of motor poles in parameter E2-04 or E5-04. 2. Set the traction sheave diameter in units of mm to parameter o1-20. 3. Set the correct roping to parameter o1-21. 4. If a mechanical gear is used, set the gear ratio (n /n ) to parameter o1-22. If a gearbox is not used, Motor Traction Sheave make sure o1-22 is set to 1.0. 5. Change parameter o1-03 to setting 4 or 5. The unit and setting values of related parameters will be changed automatically. Refer to Parameter Table on page 37 for details.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 23

o1-03 Setting	Display Unit	Column	Column
	Speed Setting/Monitors (d1-, U1-02, U1-02,...)	Accel/Decel Ramps (C1-)	Jerk Settings (C2-)
0	0.01 Hz	0.01 s	0.01 s
1 (default)	0.01%
2	1 rpm
3	User defined
4	0.01 m/s
5	0.01 m/s	0.01 m/s2	0.01 m/s3

Source page

Page 24

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 24 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Motor Data and Encoder Auto-Tuning

 Auto-Tuning Types

Auto-Tuning automatically programs the drive’s motor and motor control related parameters. Select between Auto-Tuning methods listed below. Motor Data Tuning Modes for Induction Motors (A1-02 = 0, 2, or 3)

Control Mode (A1-02) Type Setting Requirements and Benefits V/f (0) OLV (2) CLV (3) • Rotational Auto-Tuning gives the most accurate results, and is therefore highly recommended if possible. Rotational Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 0 No Yes Yes • Motor must run freely or with light load (<30%), i.e. ropes have to be removed. • Automatically calculates motor parameters needed for vector control. Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 T1-01 = 1 • Use if ropes cannot be removed. Note that the accuracy is less then with No Yes Yes Rotational Auto-tuning. Stationary Auto-Tuning for • Used for V/f Control or in vector control modes when the drive was set up T1-01 = 2 Yes Yes Yes Line-to-Line Resistance properly before and the motor cable has changed. • A motor test report is available. The no-load current and the rated slip have must be entered from the test report, all other motor-related parameters are Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 T1-01 = 4 calculated automatically. No Yes Yes • Use if ropes cannot be removed and if slip and no-load current data are available. Motor Data Tuning Modes for Permanent Magnet Motors (A1-02 = 7) Type Setting Requirements and Benefits • Use if a motor test report is available. Motor Data Input T2-01 = 0 • Input motor data like on test report. Make sure to convert data into the correct unit before if necessary. • Use if a motor test report is not available. Stationary Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 1 • Input motor data like on name plate. Make sure to convert data into the correct unit before. The drive automatically calculates the motor data. Stationary Auto-Tuning for • Tunes stator resistance only. T2-01 = 2 Stator Resistance • Should be performed if the motor cable has changed. • Used the Motor Induction Voltage (E5-24) if no data are available. Rotational Back EMF T2-01 = 11 • Should be performed after Motor data have been set and the encoder offset has been adjusted. Constant Auto-Tuning • The motor must be uncoupled from the mechanical system (remove ropes). Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics T2-01 = 12 Perform this Auto-Tuning to obtain accurate position data from the motor rotor for driving a PM motor. <1> <1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later. Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics requires a PG-E3 option with software version 1102 or later. To identify the PG-E3 software version, refer to the PG-E3 labeling on the option, in the field designated “C/N” (S + four digit number). Encoder Offset Tuning Modes for Permanent Magnet Motors (A1-02 = 7) Encoder Offset Tuning measures the angle between the encoder zero pulse and the rotor orientation. It needs to be performed when a drive is setup the first time or after initialization, when the motor rotation direction or encoder rotation direction has been changed or when the encoder was replaced. Type Setting Requirements and Benefits • Attempts to detect the motor rotor position, judges if the encoder offset can be tuned using Stationary Encoder Offset Tuning and sets parameters needed for Initial Magnet Pole Search (n8-36, n8-37). Initial Magnet Pole Search T2-01 = 3 • Should be performed after motor Auto-Tuning in order to decide the encoder tuning method. Parameters Auto-Tuning Note: When using a PG-X3 card with an incremental encoder and this tuning fails, the motor cannot be driven using and incremental encoder. Change the encoder to an absolute encoder. Stationary Encoder Offset • Tunes the encoder offset without rotating the motor. T2-01 = 4 Auto-Tuning • If the encoder offset cannot be tuned properly by this method run Rotating Encoder Offset Tuning. Rotational Encoder Offset • Tunes the encoder offset while rotating the motor. T2-01 = 10 Auto-Tuning • Motor and mechanical system must be uncoupled (ropes must be removed from traction sheave). 24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Type	Setting	Requirements and Benefits	Control Mode (A1-02)	Column	Column
			V/f (0)	OLV (2)	CLV (3)
Rotational Auto-Tuning	T1-01 = 0	• Rotational Auto-Tuning gives the most accurate results, and is therefore highly recommended if possible. • Motor must run freely or with light load (<30%), i.e. ropes have to be removed.	No	Yes	Yes
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1	T1-01 = 1	• Automatically calculates motor parameters needed for vector control. • Use if ropes cannot be removed. Note that the accuracy is less then with Rotational Auto-tuning.	No	Yes	Yes
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance	T1-01 = 2	• Used for V/f Control or in vector control modes when the drive was set up properly before and the motor cable has changed.	Yes	Yes	Yes
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2	T1-01 = 4	• A motor test report is available. The no-load current and the rated slip have must be entered from the test report, all other motor-related parameters are calculated automatically. • Use if ropes cannot be removed and if slip and no-load current data are available.	No	Yes	Yes

Type	Setting	Requirements and Benefits
Motor Data Input	T2-01 = 0	• Use if a motor test report is available. • Input motor data like on test report. Make sure to convert data into the correct unit before if necessary.
Stationary Auto-Tuning	T2-01 = 1	• Use if a motor test report is not available. • Input motor data like on name plate. Make sure to convert data into the correct unit before. The drive automatically calculates the motor data.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance	T2-01 = 2	• Tunes stator resistance only. • Should be performed if the motor cable has changed.
Rotational Back EMF Constant Auto-Tuning	T2-01 = 11	• Used the Motor Induction Voltage (E5-24) if no data are available. • Should be performed after Motor data have been set and the encoder offset has been adjusted. • The motor must be uncoupled from the mechanical system (remove ropes).
Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics <1>	T2-01 = 12	Perform this Auto-Tuning to obtain accurate position data from the motor rotor for driving a PM motor.

Type	Setting	Requirements and Benefits
Initial Magnet Pole Search Parameters Auto-Tuning	T2-01 = 3	• Attempts to detect the motor rotor position, judges if the encoder offset can be tuned using Stationary Encoder Offset Tuning and sets parameters needed for Initial Magnet Pole Search (n8-36, n8-37). • Should be performed after motor Auto-Tuning in order to decide the encoder tuning method. Note: When using a PG-X3 card with an incremental encoder and this tuning fails, the motor cannot be driven using and incremental encoder. Change the encoder to an absolute encoder.
Stationary Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning	T2-01 = 4	• Tunes the encoder offset without rotating the motor. • If the encoder offset cannot be tuned properly by this method run Rotating Encoder Offset Tuning.
Rotational Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning	T2-01 = 10	• Tunes the encoder offset while rotating the motor. • Motor and mechanical system must be uncoupled (ropes must be removed from traction sheave).

Source page

Page 25

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 25 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics This feature optimizes the drive settings for the characteristics of the PG-E3 speed-control option card for the ERN1387 encoder (manufactured by HEIDENHAIN) while rotating the motor. Perform Auto-Tuning to obtain accurate position data from the motor rotor for driving a PM motor. This type of Auto-Tuning automatically sets the characteristics of the PG-E3 option card for the ERN1387 encoder in parameters F1-66 to F1-81 (Encoder Adjust 1 to 16).

Note: 1. The motor rotates during execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics. Before starting, refer to the drive technical manual. 2. Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics adjusts the unique characteristics of the ERN1387 encoder connected to the drive by using a PG-E3 option card. This type of tuning should be performed when setting up the drive or after replacing the encoder or drive. The signal lines between the PG-E3 option card and the ERN1387 encoder must be connected between the R+ and R- terminals while this type of tuning is performed. 3. The setting values of parameters F1-66 to F1-81 are reset to factory default values when A1-03 is set to 2220. The setting values of parameters F1-66 to F1-81 are modified at completion of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics.  Tuning Mode Selection and Data Input For Auto-Tuning, enter the Auto-Tuning menu (via the T parameters) and perform the steps shown in the figure below. Data required from the motor nameplate will vary depending on the type of Auto-Tuning selected. This example shows the procedure for performing Rotational Auto-Tuning of an induction motor in Open Loop Vector control.

Drive mode display Enter the Auto-Tuning Mode Select the tuning method - MODE - DRV Rdy - MODE - PRG - A.TUNE - PRG - A.TUNE - PRG U1 S -0 p 1 e = e d 0 R .0 e 0 f % (OPR) Auto-Tuning T1 T -0 u 1 n = in g 0 M ∗ o 0∗ de Sel T1 T -0 u 1 n = in g 0 M ∗ o 0∗ de Sel U U 1 1 - - 0 0 2 3 = = 0 0 . . 0 0 0 0 % A R LR SE E Q F AUTO Standard Tuning Standa “ rd 0 ” Tuning Entry Accepted JOGFWDFWD//REV HELP FWD DATA ESC FWD DATA FWD

- A.TUNE - PRG - A.TUNE - PRG - A.TUNE - DRV - A.TUNE - DRV - MODE - DRV YEG Mtr Rated Power Rated Speed Auto-Tuning Tune Proceeding T1-02= X.XXkW T1-07= 1450RPM 0.00 %/ 0.00A X.XX %/ X.XXA End (0.00 ~ 650.00) (0 ~ 24000) Tuning Ready ? Tune Successful “X.XXkW” “1450RPM” Press RUN key (cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:32)(cid:32)(cid:32)(cid:32)(cid:32)(cid:32) ESC FWD DATA ESC FWD DATA ESC FWD FWDFWD/REV FWDRESET RUN Drive asks if it should start Display flashes while the "End" appears when the Enter the correct data as listed tuning drive parameters drive measures and sets process is complete on the nameplate motor parameter values If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed for some reason (no-load operation impossible, etc.), then set the maximum frequency and voltage in the E1- parameters and enter the motor data manually into the E2- parameters for induction motors or E5- parameters for PM motors. Refer to Auto-Tuning Errors on page 46.  Precautions WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Use parameter S1-12 to enable/disable automatic switching of the Motor Contactor Control output signal during Auto-Tuning. When using setting S1-12 = 1, ensure that the multi-function output terminals are properly wired and in the correct state before setting parameter S1-12 = 1 Enabled. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, serious injury or death. • Rotational Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 0 (recommended method) • Rotational Auto-Tuning provides more accurate tuning results compared to Non-Rotating Auto-Tuning. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning when the motor can be uncoupled from the elevator mechanical system (remove ropes from traction sheave). • Make sure to release the mechanical brake (if installed) for Rotational Auto-Tuning methods. • Stationary Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 1, 2, or 4 (alternate method) • Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning when the motor and mechanical system cannot be uncoupled. • Make sure that the mechanical brake remains applied for all Stationary Auto-Tuning methods. • When using a motor contactor, make sure it remains closed during the Auto-Tuning process. • Ensure H1 and H2 signals are ON when performing Auto-Tuning. • Ensure the motor is securely mounted and bolted in place prior to Auto-Tuning. • Do not touch the motor until the Auto-Tuning process is complete. Voltage is applied to the motor during the tuning process, even though the motor may not be rotating. • To cancel Auto-Tuning, press the STOP key on the digital operator. • During Auto-Tuning the motor is started and stopped repeatedly and may also rotate. When the tuning is finished, “END” will appear on the operator panel. Do not touch the motor until this display is shown and the motor has completely stopped. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 25

U1-01= 0.00% U1-02= 0.00% RSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LREF JOGFWDFFWWDD//RREEVV	Column
JOG	FFWWDD//RREEVV

- A.TUNE -DRV
Tune Proceeding

Source page

Page 26

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 26 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Auto-Tuning Procedure

Auto-Tuning Induction Motors YEG START

Set terminals H1 and H2 if Safe Disable function is used. Set the Baseblock input (H1-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 8/9) if used.

A1-02 N = o 2 or 3 (ropes Y r e e s moved) Is the Control Mode Can the motor V/f Control ? rotate freely? Yes A1-02 = 0 No Stationary Auto-Tuning for Select Stationary Select Rotational Terminal Resistance Auto-Tuning 1 or 2 Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 2. T1-01 = 1 or 4. T1-01 = 0. Refer to Enter the data in to T1-(cid:3)(cid:3) parameters as indicated on the Enter the data in to T1-(cid:3)(cid:3) parameters as Auto-Tuning Errors on page 46. display. indicated on the display. Remove the Fault/Alarm source and Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed. Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is repeat Auto Tuning. displayed. Release the Brake.

Close the motor contactor.

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.

Tuning No Successful? (Alarm or Fault code displayed(cid:12) Yes (”Entry Accepted” displayed) Apply the brake if it was released during Auto-tuning. Open the motor contactor. Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence. Open the Baseblock input (H1-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 8/9) if used. FINISH

26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Source page

Page 27

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 27 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

Auto-Tuning PM Motors

YEG START

Set terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if Safe Disable function is used. Set the Baseblock input (H1-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 8/9) if used.

No Complete motor data sheet available? Yes Select Motor Data Input Select Stationary Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 0. T2-01 = 1. Refer to Enter the i n d d a i t c a a i t n e d to o T n 2 t - h (cid:3) e (cid:3) di s p p a l r a a y m . eters as Enter the i n d d a i t c a a i t n e d to o T n 2 t - h (cid:3) e (cid:3) di s p p a l r a a y m . eters as R A e u m t o o v -T e u th n e in F g a E u r lt r / o A r la s r m on s p o a u g rc e e 4 a 6 n . d repeat Auto Tuning. Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed. displayed. Close the motor contactor. Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished. No ((Alarm or Fault code Tuning displayed(cid:12)(cid:12) Successful? Yes (”Entry Accepted” displayed) Continue with encoder offset tuning. Refer to Encoder Offset Tuning on page28. Can the motor No rotate freely? Yes(Ropes removed) Select Rotational Back EMF Constant Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 11. Press the Up key. Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished. Open the motor contactor. Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence. Open the Baseblock input (H1-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 8/9) if used. FINISH YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 27

Source page

Page 28

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 28 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

Encoder Offset Tuning

START YEG

Set the motor and encoder data manually or perform motor data Auto-tuning. No Have all motor and encoder data been set correctly? Yes Set terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if Safe Disable function is used. Set the Baseblock input (H1-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 8/9) if used. Close the motor contactor. Select Initial Magnet Pole Search Parameter Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 3. Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed. Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Absolute encoder necessary for Auto-Tuning is finished. driving the motor. No - “Er22” Change the PG option card and Rotational Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning necessary use an absolute Encoder Tuning (EnDat, ...). Successful? Yes (Stationary Encoder Offset Absolute No Auto-Tuning possible) encoder used? (PG-X3, Incremental Yes encoder used) (EnDat, ...) Uncouple motor and the mechanical system of the elevator (remove ropes). Select Stationary Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning Select Rotational Encoder Offset T2-01 = 4. Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 10. Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed. Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed. Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished. Release the brake. Refer to Tuning No Auto-Tuning Errors on page46. Successful? Remove the Fault/Alarm source Press the Run key on the digital operator and repeat Auto Tuning. and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished. Yes Apply the brake. No Refer to Tuning Auto-Tuning Errors on page46. Successful? Remove the Fault/Alarm source and repeat Auto Tuning. Yes Open the motor contactor. Open the Baseblock input (H1-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 8/9) if used. Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence. Remount the ropes if removed during tuning. FINISH Note: When the first operation trial after non-rotating encoder tuning fails, e.g., due to wrong encoder rotation direction, repeat the encoder offset tuning after correcting the fault cause before starting a new trial. 28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Source page

Page 29

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 29 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Up and Down Commands and Speed Reference Selection

 Speed Reference Selection

Parameter b1-01 determines the source of the speed reference.

b1-01 Reference source Speed Reference Input Set the speed references in the d1- parameters and use digital inputs to switch over 0 (default) Operator keypad (Digital inputs) between different reference values. 1 Analog input<1> Apply the speed reference signal to terminal A1 or A2. 2 Serial Communication<2> Serial Communications using the RS422/485 port 3 Option Board<2> Communications option card <1> If source of the speed reference is assigned to the control terminals (b1-01 = 1), then d1-18 will automatically be set to 0 (so that the drive uses multi-speed references d1-01 to d1-08) by the drive’s internal processing. <2> If the speed reference selection in d1-18 is set so that either the high speed reference has priority (d1-18 = 1), or so that the leveling speed has priority (d1-18 = 2), then the drive will look to the multi-function input terminals for the speed reference.  Up / Down Command Source Selection The input source for the Up and Down signal can be selected in parameter b1-02.

b1-02 Up/Down source Up/Down Command Input 0 Operator keypad RUN and STOP keys on the operator Terminal S1: Run in the Up direction 1 (default) Digital inputs Terminal S2: Run in the Down direction 2 Serial Communication Serial Communications using the RS422/485 port 3 Option Board Communications option card  Travel Start and Stop Travel Start To start the elevator in the up or down direction, the following conditions must be fulfilled: • A speed reference greater than zero must be selected. • The Safe Disable signals at terminals H1 and H2 must both be closed. • An Up or Down Signal must be set at the source specified in b1-02. Travel Stop The drive stops under the following conditions:

• The Up or Down command is cleared. • d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and the Up/Down or Leveling Speed signal (H1- = 53) is cleared. • d1-18 is set to 3 and all speed inputs are cleared. • A fault occurs. The stopping method depends on the fault occurred and certain parameter settings. • The Safe Disable inputs are opened or a Base Block signal is input. In this case the brake is applied immediately and the drive output shuts off.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 29

b1-01	Reference source	Speed Reference Input
0 (default)	Operator keypad (Digital inputs)	Set the speed references in the d1- parameters and use digital inputs to switch over between different reference values.
1	Analog input<1>	Apply the speed reference signal to terminal A1 or A2.
2	Serial Communication<2>	Serial Communications using the RS422/485 port
3	Option Board<2>	Communications option card

b1-02	Up/Down source	Up/Down Command Input
0	Operator keypad	RUN and STOP keys on the operator
1 (default)	Digital inputs	Terminal S1: Run in the Up direction Terminal S2: Run in the Down direction
2	Serial Communication	Serial Communications using the RS422/485 port
3	Option Board	Communications option card

Source page

Page 30

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 30 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

 Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0)

Use parameter d1-18 to determine how different travel speeds are selected by digital inputs.

d1-18 Speed Selection 0 Multi-speed inputs 1, Speed references are set in d1-01 to d1-08 1 (default) Separate speed inputs, Speed references are set in d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26, Higher speed has priority 2 Separate speed inputs, Speed references are set in d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26, Leveling speed has priority 3 Multi speed inputs 2, Speed references are set in d1-02 to d1-08, Stop if no speed selection input is enabled

 Multi-Speed Inputs 1, 2 (d1-18 = 0 or 3) Speed Selection When d1-18 = 0 or 3, multi-function digital inputs are preset as shown below.

Terminal Parameter Number Set Value Details S5 H1-05 3 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 S6 H1-06 4 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 S7 H1-07 5 Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 Different speed reference settings can be selected by combining the three digital inputs as shown in the table below.

Digital Inputs Selected Speed Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed Multi-Step Speed d1-18 = 0 d1-18 = 3 Reference 1 Reference 2 Reference 3 0 0 0 Speed reference 1 d1-01 Stop 1 0 0 Speed reference 2 d1-02 Speed reference 2 d1-02 0 1 0 Speed reference 3 d1-03 Speed reference 3 d1-03 1 1 0 Speed reference 4 d1-04 Speed reference 4 d1-04 0 0 1 Speed reference 5 d1-05 Speed reference 5 d1-05 1 0 1 Speed reference 6 d1-06 Speed reference 6 d1-06 0 1 1 Speed reference 7 d1-07 Speed reference 7 d1-07 1 1 1 Speed reference 8 d1-08 Speed reference 8 d1-08 0 = Off, 1 = On Setting d1-18 = 0 Eight separate speed settings (defined in parameters d1-01 to d1-08) can be selected by three digital input signals. Setting d1-18 = 3 Seven separate speeds settings (defined in parameters d1-02 to d1-08) can be selected by three digital input signals. The drive stops when no speed is selected (i.e., all speed selection inputs are switched off).

 Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2)

With this setting, six different speeds (defined in the parameters d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26) can be set and selected using four digital inputs. Speed Selection When d1-18 = 1 or 2, Multi-function digital inputs are preset as shown below.

Terminal Parameter Number Set Value Details S3 H1-03 50 Nominal speed (d1-19) S5 H1-05 51 Intermediate speed S6 H1-06 53 Leveling speed (d1-26)

30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

d1-18	Speed Selection
0	Multi-speed inputs 1, Speed references are set in d1-01 to d1-08
1 (default)	Separate speed inputs, Speed references are set in d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26, Higher speed has priority
2	Separate speed inputs, Speed references are set in d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26, Leveling speed has priority
3	Multi speed inputs 2, Speed references are set in d1-02 to d1-08, Stop if no speed selection input is enabled

Terminal	Parameter Number	Set Value	Details
S5	H1-05	3	Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
S6	H1-06	4	Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
S7	H1-07	5	Multi-Step Speed Reference 3

Digital Inputs	Column	Column	Selected Speed	Column
Multi-Step Speed Reference 1	Multi-Step Speed Reference 2	Multi-Step Speed Reference 3	d1-18 = 0	d1-18 = 3
0	0	0	Speed reference 1 d1-01	Stop
1	0	0	Speed reference 2 d1-02	Speed reference 2 d1-02
0	1	0	Speed reference 3 d1-03	Speed reference 3 d1-03
1	1	0	Speed reference 4 d1-04	Speed reference 4 d1-04
0	0	1	Speed reference 5 d1-05	Speed reference 5 d1-05
1	0	1	Speed reference 6 d1-06	Speed reference 6 d1-06
0	1	1	Speed reference 7 d1-07	Speed reference 7 d1-07
1	1	1	Speed reference 8 d1-08	Speed reference 8 d1-08

Terminal	Parameter Number	Set Value	Details
S3	H1-03	50	Nominal speed (d1-19)
S5	H1-05	51	Intermediate speed
S6	H1-06	53	Leveling speed (d1-26)

Source page

Page 31

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 31 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

Depending on the assignment of speed selection functions to the digital input (H1- settings), the different speed settings can be selected like shown in the table below.

Leveling and Nominal Speed assigned Leveling speed Nominal Speed Selected Speed (H1- = 50 and H1- = 53) not assigned (H1- ≠ 53) not assigned (H1- ≠ 50) 50 51 52 53 50 51 52 51 52 53 Nominal Speed (d1-19) 1 0 0 A 1 0 0 0 0 0 Intermediate Speed 1 (d1-20) 0 1 0 A 0 1 0 1 0 0 Intermediate Speed 2 (d1-21) 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 N/A N/A N/A Intermediate Speed 3 (d1-22) 0 1 1 A 0 1 1 1 1 0 Revelling Speed (d1-23) 0 0 1 A 0 0 1 0 1 0 Leveling Speed (d1-26) 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 X X 1 Zero Speed 0 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 = Off, 1 = On A: No influence when d1-18 = 1, 0 when d1-18 = 2 B: No influence N/A = Not available Higher Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1- = 53) (Default)

The higher speed has priority over the leveling speed, meaning the leveling signal is disregarded as long as any other speed selection input is active. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference signal is removed.

DC Injection/ DC Injection/ position lock position lock Speed Safe disable Up/Down Leveling speed No effect Selected speed Input is set Higher Speed Priority is Selected and the Leveling Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1- ≠ 53) The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference signal is removed. If no speed reference is selected at start the drive will trigger an “FrL” fault. To disable Speed Reference Missing (FrL) detection, set parameter S6-15 to “0”. With this setting the drive starts using leveling speed if no other speed reference is selected.

DC Injection/ DC Injection/ position lock position lock Speed Safe disable Up/Down Selected speed Input is set Leveling Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1- = 53) The leveling signal has priority over other speed references. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the leveling speed selection input is activated.

DC Injection/ DC Injection/ position lock position lock Speed Safe disable Up/Down Leveling speed Leveling speed has priority Selected speed No effect Input is set

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 31

Selected Speed	Leveling and Nominal Speed assigned (H1- = 50 and H1- = 53)	Column	Column	Column	Leveling speed not assigned (H1- ≠ 53)	Column	Column	Nominal Speed not assigned (H1- ≠ 50)	Column	Column
	50	51	52	53	50	51	52	51	52	53
Nominal Speed (d1-19)	1	0	0	A	1	0	0	0	0	0
Intermediate Speed 1 (d1-20)	0	1	0	A	0	1	0	1	0	0
Intermediate Speed 2 (d1-21)	1	1	1	A	1	1	1	N/A	N/A	N/A
Intermediate Speed 3 (d1-22)	0	1	1	A	0	1	1	1	1	0
Revelling Speed (d1-23)	0	0	1	A	0	0	1	0	1	0
Leveling Speed (d1-26)	0	0	0	1	0	0	0	X	X	1
Zero Speed	0	0	0	0	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

Source page

Page 32

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 32 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

5 Start Up

Leveling Speed Priority is Selected and the Nominal Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1- ≠ 50)

DC Injection/ DC Injection/ position lock position lock Speed Safe disable Up/Down Leveling speed Input is set  I/O Signal Setup Note: The default setting functions can be seen in the connection diagram on page 12.  Multi-Function Digital Inputs Assign functions to each digital input terminal using the H1- parameters.

 Multi-Function Digital Outputs

Determine the function for each digital output terminal with the H2- parameters. The setting value of these parameters consists of three digits, where the middle and right digit determines the function, and the left digit sets the output characteristics. The output characteristics can be either “Output as selected” (0) or “Inverse output” (1).  Multi-Function Analog Inputs

The function of each analog input can be assigned in the H3- parameters.  Multi-Function Analog Outputs

Use the H4- parameters to set up the output value of the analog monitor outputs and to adjust the output signal levels.

 Acceleration Ramp, Deceleration Ramp, and Jerk Settings

The acceleration and deceleration ramps are set in the parameters C1-01 and C1-02, while the jerk settings are set in the C2- parameters as shown in the figure below.

C2-03 Jerk Characteristic C2-02 at Decel Start Jerk Characteristic at Accel End C2-04 Jerk Characteristic Acceleration Ramp 1 at Decel End C2-05 Jerk below Leveling Speed C2-01 C1-01 Jerk Characteristic at Accel Start Leveling Speed Deceleration Ramp 1 C1-02 The way of setting these parameters and their setting units change with parameter o1-03 as shown below: o1-03 = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 o1-03 = 5 Set in units of second as the time to accelerate from Set in units of m/s2 as accel/decel ramp used when Accel/Decel Ramps C1- zero to the rated speed, respectively as time to changing the speed. decelerate from rated speed to zero. Set in units of second as the time used to change the Jerk Settings C2- accel/decel ramp from zero to the accel/decel ramp Set in units of m/s3 as the accel/decel change rate. setting of C1- and vice versa. 32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Column	o1-03 = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4	o1-03 = 5
Accel/Decel Ramps C1-	Set in units of second as the time to accelerate from zero to the rated speed, respectively as time to decelerate from rated speed to zero.	Set in units of m/s2 as accel/decel ramp used when changing the speed.
Jerk Settings C2-	Set in units of second as the time used to change the accel/decel ramp from zero to the accel/decel ramp setting of C1- and vice versa.	Set in units of m/s3 as the accel/decel change rate.

Source page

Page 33

Open in PDF

5 Start Up

 Brake Sequence

The figure below shows the brake sequence and parameters that can be used for adjustment.

 Inspection Operation

 Start in Inspection Mode

Inspection operation is performed when an Up or Down signal is input while one of the conditions below is true. • Parameter d1-18 is set to 0 or 3 and the selected speed is higher than d1-28 but lower than d1-29. • Parameter d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and a digital input programmed for Inspection Operation Speed (H1- = 54) is enabled.

The start is performed using the same acceleration characteristics, brake sequence and contactor sequence like in normal operation. The carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz during Inspection Operation but can be changed using parameter C6-21.  Stop in Inspection Mode

To stop the drive in Inspection Mode either remove the Up or Down signal or unselect the Inspection Operation Speed Reference (conditions listed for Start in Inspection Mode must become untrue). The stop can be performed using a deceleration ramp, depending on the setting of parameter C1-15 (Inspection Operation Deceleration Ramp).

• If C1-15 = 0, the drive immediately applies the brake, shuts off the drive output and opens the motor contactor. • If C1-15 > 0, the drive decelerates to stop, applies the brake, shuts the output off and opens the motor contactor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 33 S1-04 DC Injection/ Position Lock Time at Start Speed RUN Up/Down Brake Control Output Enabled 01-1S emiT yaleD dnammoC NUR Selected Speed S1-05 DC Injection/ Leveling Position Lock Speed at Stop 60-1S esaeleR ekarB emiT yaleD 70-1S esolC ekarB emiT yaleD 11-1S emiT yaleD nepO rotcatnoC tuptuO TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 33 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分 Zero Speed Level S1-01

Column	esaeleR emiT 60-1S yaleD ekarB	Column	Column	Column	Column	Column	esolC emiT 70-1S ekarB yaleD	Column
					Zero S Level S	peed 1-01

Source page

Page 34

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 34 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

6 Fine Adjustments

This section provides tips for improving the ride quality after the basic setup is complete and lists solutions to potential problems. Refer to the Technical Manual for detailed description.

 Potential Problems and Solutions

Problem Control Mode and Possible Cause Corrective Action • Increase the DC Injection Braking current at start using parameter S1-02. Not enough torque when the brake is released. • Increase the minimum (E1-10) and medium (E1-08) V/f V/f pattern voltages. Make sure, that the starting and leveling OLV current does not rise too high. Set the time for DC Injection Braking at start (S1-04) as DC Injection and brake timing not optimal. short as possible, but make sure that brake releases completely before the motor starts to turn. The slip or torque compensation function acts • Decrease the torque compensation time C4-02. OLV too slowly. • Decrease the slip compensation time C3-02. The speed control is not responding fast enough Adjust the speed control loop parameters used during Rollback at start when the brake is released. position lock. Increase C5-19 and reduce C5-20. • Adjust the speed control loop parameters used during CLV position lock. Increase C5-19 and reduce C5-20. CLV/PM The Position Lock control loop does not • Increase the position lock gain at start 1 in S3-01 gradually. respond fast enough. If vibration occurs reduce it. • Increase the position lock gain at start 2 in S3-02 gradually until rollback disappears. Motor torque is not fully established when the Lengthen the brake release delay time (S1-06) and the time brake is released. for DC Injection Braking / Position Lock at start (S1-04). All Make sure, that the contactors are closed before the Up/ Motor contactors close too late. Down command is set or latest together with the Up/Down command. Motor starts turning when the brake is not Increase the DC Injection Braking time at start using completely released or runs against the brake. parameter S1-04. Shock at start All Decrease the Jerk at start. Decrease C2-01 if set in m/s2, Acceleration ramp is changing too quickly. increase C2-01 if set in s. Rollback occurs during brake opening. See above under “Rollback at start”. Increase the Delay Time to Close the Brake (S1-07). If Brake is applied too early, causing the motor to necessary, also increase the DC Injection Braking time at run against the brake. All stop S1-05. Motor contactor is released before the brake has Check the motor contactor sequence. fully applied. Shock at stop • Make sure the speed control loop parameters for position lock are adjusted properly (C5-13 and C5-14). CLV Rollback occurs before the brake applies at stop. • Increase the position lock gain at stop S3-03 gradually CLV/PM until no rollback occurs anymore. If vibration occurs reduce the gain S3-03. Too fast torque compensation or slip • Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02). OLV compensation • Increase the slip compensation delay time (C3-02). • Adjust the speed control loop gain C5-01 and integral time Speed control Loop setting are too soft or too C5-02. hard. • Adjust inertia compensation parameters (n5-) if only speed control loop settings cannot solve the problem. Jerk occurs due to • For induction motors readjust the motor data (E2-), overshoot when the CLV especially the slip (E2-02) and no-load current values motor reaches top CLV/PM Wrong motor data (E2-03), or perform Auto-Tuning again. speed. • For PM motors readjust the motor data in E5- or perform Auto-Tuning. Inertia compensation function is not set up If the inertia compensation function is used (n5-01 = 1) correctly. make sure the values in n5-02 and n5-03 are correct. The acceleration ramp changes too quickly Decrease the jerk at the end of acceleration. Decrease C2-02 All when reaching the selected speed. if set in m/s2, increase C2-02 if set in s. 34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Problem	Control Mode and Possible Cause	Column	Corrective Action
Rollback at start	V/f OLV	Not enough torque when the brake is released.	• Increase the DC Injection Braking current at start using parameter S1-02. • Increase the minimum (E1-10) and medium (E1-08) V/f pattern voltages. Make sure, that the starting and leveling current does not rise too high.
		DC Injection and brake timing not optimal.	Set the time for DC Injection Braking at start (S1-04) as short as possible, but make sure that brake releases completely before the motor starts to turn.
	OLV	The slip or torque compensation function acts too slowly.	• Decrease the torque compensation time C4-02. • Decrease the slip compensation time C3-02.
	CLV CLV/PM	The speed control is not responding fast enough when the brake is released.	Adjust the speed control loop parameters used during position lock. Increase C5-19 and reduce C5-20.
		The Position Lock control loop does not respond fast enough.	• Adjust the speed control loop parameters used during position lock. Increase C5-19 and reduce C5-20. • Increase the position lock gain at start 1 in S3-01 gradually. If vibration occurs reduce it. • Increase the position lock gain at start 2 in S3-02 gradually until rollback disappears.
	All	Motor torque is not fully established when the brake is released.	Lengthen the brake release delay time (S1-06) and the time for DC Injection Braking / Position Lock at start (S1-04).
		Motor contactors close too late.	Make sure, that the contactors are closed before the Up/ Down command is set or latest together with the Up/Down command.
Shock at start	All	Motor starts turning when the brake is not completely released or runs against the brake.	Increase the DC Injection Braking time at start using parameter S1-04.
		Acceleration ramp is changing too quickly.	Decrease the Jerk at start. Decrease C2-01 if set in m/s2, increase C2-01 if set in s.
		Rollback occurs during brake opening.	See above under “Rollback at start”.
Shock at stop	All	Brake is applied too early, causing the motor to run against the brake.	Increase the Delay Time to Close the Brake (S1-07). If necessary, also increase the DC Injection Braking time at stop S1-05.
		Motor contactor is released before the brake has fully applied.	Check the motor contactor sequence.
	CLV CLV/PM	Rollback occurs before the brake applies at stop.	• Make sure the speed control loop parameters for position lock are adjusted properly (C5-13 and C5-14). • Increase the position lock gain at stop S3-03 gradually until no rollback occurs anymore. If vibration occurs reduce the gain S3-03.
Jerk occurs due to overshoot when the motor reaches top speed.	OLV	Too fast torque compensation or slip compensation	• Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02). • Increase the slip compensation delay time (C3-02).
	CLV CLV/PM	Speed control Loop setting are too soft or too hard.	• Adjust the speed control loop gain C5-01 and integral time C5-02. • Adjust inertia compensation parameters (n5-) if only speed control loop settings cannot solve the problem.
		Wrong motor data	• For induction motors readjust the motor data (E2-), especially the slip (E2-02) and no-load current values (E2-03), or perform Auto-Tuning again. • For PM motors readjust the motor data in E5- or perform Auto-Tuning.
		Inertia compensation function is not set up correctly.	If the inertia compensation function is used (n5-01 = 1) make sure the values in n5-02 and n5-03 are correct.
	All	The acceleration ramp changes too quickly when reaching the selected speed.	Decrease the jerk at the end of acceleration. Decrease C2-02 if set in m/s2, increase C2-02 if set in s.

Source page

Page 35

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 35 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

6 Fine Adjustments

Problem Control Mode and Possible Cause Corrective Action Increase the minimum and middle voltage levels for the V/f V/f Not enough torque at low speed pattern voltage (E1-10 and E1-08 respectively). Make sure OLV that the starting and leveling current does not rise too high. Motor data incorrect Adjust the motor data (E2-), especially the motor slip OLV (E2-02) and no-load current values (E2-03), or perform CLV Too much slip compensation Auto-Tuning. Motor stops shortly Increase the speed control gain and reduce the speed control (undershoot) when the integral time used for low speed at stop. The parameters to leveling speed is Speed control loop responds too slow. be changed depend on the setting of C5-05 and if a third set reached. CLV of speed loop settings is used or not. Refer to Speed Loop CLV/PM Adjustments (CLV and CLV/PM) on page 36. The inertia compensation function is not set up If the inertia compensation function is used (n5-01=1) make correctly. sure the values in n5-02 and n5-03 are correct. The deceleration ramp changes too quickly Decrease the Jerk at the end of deceleration. Decrease C2-04 All when reaching the leveling speed. if set in m/s2, increase C2-04 if set in s. Motor speed overshoot at acceleration end and undershoot when Use the inertia compensation function. Set n5-01 to 1 and CLV reaching leveling Inertia is high. then adjust parameters n5-02 and n5-03 as described in CLV/PM speed occurs. Problem Inertia Compensation (CLV and CLV/PM) on page 36. cannot be resolved by adjusting the speed loop. Motor or machine OLV Torque compensation is responding too quickly. Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02). vibrates at high speed CLV Speed control loop adjusted too hard. Decrease C5-01, then increase C5-02. or top speed. CLV/PM V/f Output voltage is too high. Reduce the V/f pattern settings (E1-08, E1-10). Torque compensation is responding too quickly. Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02). OLV Output voltage is too high. Reduce the V/f pattern settings (E1-08, E1-10). OLV Check the motor slip value in parameter E2-02. Increase or The value for the motor slip is set incorrectly. Motor or machine CLV decrease it in steps of 0.2 Hz. vibrates in the low or • Decrease C5-01 and then increase C5-02 if the problem medium speed range. occurs at speed higher than C5-07. • Decrease C5-03 and then increase C5-04 if the problem CLV Speed control loop adjusted too hard. occurs at speed lower than C5-07. CLV/PM • Decrease C5-13 and then increase C5-14 if the problem occurs at speed lower than C5-07 but only during deceleration. • If vibration occurs at during position lock at start, first decrease S3-02. If decreasing S3-02 does not resolve the The Position Lock control loop does not Motor or machine problem, decrease S3-01. CLV respond fast enough. vibrates in During • Decrease S3-03 if vibration occurs during position lock at CLV/PM Position Lock. stop. The speed control is not responding quickly Decrease C5-19 and then increase C5-20. enough when the brake is released. CLV Check the encoder mounting and the alignment of encoder Encoder vibrates. Vibrations with the CLV/PM and motor shaft. frequency equal to the Mechanical problems Check bearings and gearbox. motor speed occur. All Rotational parts (motor armature, handwheel, Properly balance rotating parts. brake disk/drum) are not properly balanced. • Check the analog signal line connection. Use shielded Oscillations when The analog reference value is not stable or the twisted pair cables. using an analog speed All signal is noisy. • Apply a filter to the analog input signal by setting reference. parameter H3-13. Top speed is different Slip Compensation during Regenerative Make sure C3-04 is set properly and set parameter C3-05 to in motoring and OLV operation is switched off. 0. regenerative mode. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 35

Problem	Control Mode and Possible Cause	Column	Corrective Action
Motor stops shortly (undershoot) when the leveling speed is reached.	V/f OLV	Not enough torque at low speed	Increase the minimum and middle voltage levels for the V/f pattern voltage (E1-10 and E1-08 respectively). Make sure that the starting and leveling current does not rise too high.
	OLV CLV	Motor data incorrect	Adjust the motor data (E2-), especially the motor slip (E2-02) and no-load current values (E2-03), or perform Auto-Tuning.
		Too much slip compensation
	CLV CLV/PM	Speed control loop responds too slow.	Increase the speed control gain and reduce the speed control integral time used for low speed at stop. The parameters to be changed depend on the setting of C5-05 and if a third set of speed loop settings is used or not. Refer to Speed Loop Adjustments (CLV and CLV/PM) on page36.
		The inertia compensation function is not set up correctly.	If the inertia compensation function is used (n5-01=1) make sure the values in n5-02 and n5-03 are correct.
	All	The deceleration ramp changes too quickly when reaching the leveling speed.	Decrease the Jerk at the end of deceleration. Decrease C2-04 if set in m/s2, increase C2-04 if set in s.
Motor speed overshoot at acceleration end and undershoot when reaching leveling speed occurs. Problem cannot be resolved by adjusting the speed loop.	CLV CLV/PM	Inertia is high.	Use the inertia compensation function. Set n5-01 to 1 and then adjust parameters n5-02 and n5-03 as described in Inertia Compensation (CLV and CLV/PM) on page36.
Motor or machine vibrates at high speed or top speed.	OLV	Torque compensation is responding too quickly.	Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02).
	CLV CLV/PM	Speed control loop adjusted too hard.	Decrease C5-01, then increase C5-02.
Motor or machine vibrates in the low or medium speed range.	V/f	Output voltage is too high.	Reduce the V/f pattern settings (E1-08, E1-10).
	OLV	Torque compensation is responding too quickly.	Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02).
		Output voltage is too high.	Reduce the V/f pattern settings (E1-08, E1-10).
	OLV CLV	The value for the motor slip is set incorrectly.	Check the motor slip value in parameter E2-02. Increase or decrease it in steps of 0.2 Hz.
	CLV CLV/PM	Speed control loop adjusted too hard.	• Decrease C5-01 and then increase C5-02 if the problem occurs at speed higher than C5-07. • Decrease C5-03 and then increase C5-04 if the problem occurs at speed lower than C5-07. • Decrease C5-13 and then increase C5-14 if the problem occurs at speed lower than C5-07 but only during deceleration.
Motor or machine vibrates in During Position Lock.	CLV CLV/PM	The Position Lock control loop does not respond fast enough.	• If vibration occurs at during position lock at start, first decrease S3-02. If decreasing S3-02 does not resolve the problem, decrease S3-01. • Decrease S3-03 if vibration occurs during position lock at stop.
		The speed control is not responding quickly enough when the brake is released.	Decrease C5-19 and then increase C5-20.
Vibrations with the frequency equal to the motor speed occur.	CLV CLV/PM	Encoder vibrates.	Check the encoder mounting and the alignment of encoder and motor shaft.
	All	Mechanical problems	Check bearings and gearbox.
		Rotational parts (motor armature, handwheel, brake disk/drum) are not properly balanced.	Properly balance rotating parts.
Oscillations when using an analog speed reference.	All	The analog reference value is not stable or the signal is noisy.	• Check the analog signal line connection. Use shielded twisted pair cables. • Apply a filter to the analog input signal by setting parameter H3-13.
Top speed is different in motoring and regenerative mode.	OLV	Slip Compensation during Regenerative operation is switched off.	Make sure C3-04 is set properly and set parameter C3-05 to 0.

Source page

Page 36

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 36 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

6 Fine Adjustments

Problem Control Mode and Possible Cause Corrective Action Speed reference and Check the gain and bias settings for the analog input that is motor speed do not The drives analog input is not set according to used to set the speed reference. Check parameters H3-03 and match when using an All the signal level of the controller speed reference H3-04 for input A1, check parameters H3-11 and H3-12 for analog reference output signal. input A2. signal. • Check if the acceleration ramp set is not too high (acceleration time is too short). • Make sure the drive rated current is enough to fulfill the All The load is too high. application requirements. Acceleration is longer • Make sure the load does not stuck, car guide lubrication is than set to C1- ok, etc. parameters. V/f The load is too high and the current/torque Check if the stall prevention level at acceleration in L3-03 is OLV exceeds the stall prevention level. not set too small. OLV, CLV The load is too high and the torque exceeds the Check it the torque limit parameters L7- are not set too CLV/PM drives torque limits. small. Make sure the drive rated current is enough to fulfill the All The load is too high. Motor speed does not application requirements. match the speed The load is too high and the current/torque Check if the stall prevention level during run in L3-06 is not V/f reference at constant exceeds the stall prevention level. set too small. speed. OLV, CLV The load is too high and the torque exceeds the Check it the torque limit parameters L7- are not set too CLV/PM torque limits. small. High frequency Increase the carrier frequency in parameter C6-03. If the acoustic noise from All The carrier frequency is too low. carrier frequency is set higher than the default setting, a the motor current derating must be considered.  Speed Loop Adjustments (CLV and CLV/PM) The speed control loop uses three different gain and integral time settings that can be adjusted using C5- parameters. The settings are switched over when the motor speed reaches the level set in parameter C5-07. • Proportional gain and integral time C5-03/C5-04 are used at start when the speed is lower than the setting of C5-07. • Proportional gain and integral time C5-01/C5-02 are used at speeds above the setting of C5-07. • Proportional gain and integral time C5-13/C5-14 are used at stop when the speed is lower than the setting of C5-07. Increase the gain and shorten the integral time to increase speed control responsiveness in each of the sections. Reduce the gain and increase the integral time if vibration or oscillation occurs.  Inertia Compensation (CLV and CLV/PM) Inertia compensation can be used to eliminate motor speed overshoot at the acceleration end or undershoot at the end of deceleration caused by the system inertia. Adjust the function following the steps below. 1. Make sure the speed control loop parameters are adjusted properly (C5-). 2. Set parameter n5-01 = 1 to enable inertia compensation. 3. Calculate and set n5-02 and n5-03 as follows: Motor Acceleration n5-02 = J π n r_Mot • J Mot - Motor inertia in kgm2 Time n5-02 Mot 30 T r_Mot • n r_Mot - Rated motor speed in min-1 • T - Rated motor torque in Nm r_Mot Inerti G a a C in o m n5 p - e 0 n 3 sation ΣJ = J TS i2 + Σm 3 π 0 n r v _ r M _ o E t lev 2 • • J i T - S G - e T a r r a r c a t t i i o o n ( s n h L e o a ad v / e n M in o e t ) rtia in kgm2 n5-03 = ΣJ / J Mot • • v Σ r m _E l - e v M - a R s a s t o ed f a e l l l e m va o to v r e d s p p e a e r d ts i n (c m ar, / s counterweight, ropes, load<1>) in kg <1> Insert 0 kg for the load to calculate the lowest setting, insert the elevator rated load to calculate the maximum setting for n5-03. Use the lower setting for initial trials. 4. Change the setting of n5-03 within the limits calculated in step 3 until the desired performance is achieved.

36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Problem	Control Mode and Possible Cause	Column	Corrective Action
Speed reference and motor speed do not match when using an analog reference signal.	All	The drives analog input is not set according to the signal level of the controller speed reference output signal.	Check the gain and bias settings for the analog input that is used to set the speed reference. Check parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for input A1, check parameters H3-11 and H3-12 for input A2.
Acceleration is longer than set to C1- parameters.	All	The load is too high.	• Check if the acceleration ramp set is not too high (acceleration time is too short). • Make sure the drive rated current is enough to fulfill the application requirements. • Make sure the load does not stuck, car guide lubrication is ok, etc.
	V/f OLV	The load is too high and the current/torque exceeds the stall prevention level.	Check if the stall prevention level at acceleration in L3-03 is not set too small.
	OLV, CLV CLV/PM	The load is too high and the torque exceeds the drives torque limits.	Check it the torque limit parameters L7- are not set too small.
Motor speed does not match the speed reference at constant speed.	All	The load is too high.	Make sure the drive rated current is enough to fulfill the application requirements.
	V/f	The load is too high and the current/torque exceeds the stall prevention level.	Check if the stall prevention level during run in L3-06 is not set too small.
	OLV, CLV CLV/PM	The load is too high and the torque exceeds the torque limits.	Check it the torque limit parameters L7- are not set too small.
High frequency acoustic noise from the motor	All	The carrier frequency is too low.	Increase the carrier frequency in parameter C6-03. If the carrier frequency is set higher than the default setting, a current derating must be considered.

Motor Acceleration Time n5-02	π n n5-02= J r_Mot Mot 30 T r_Mot	• J - Motor inertia in kgm2 Mot • n - Rated motor speed in min-1 r_Mot • T - Rated motor torque in Nm r_Mot • J - Traction sheave inertia in kgm2 TS • i - Gear ratio (n /n ) Load Mot • v - Rated elevator speed in m/s r_Elev • Σm - Mass of all moved parts (car, counterweight, ropes, load<1>) in kg
Inertia Compensation Gain n5-03	ΣJ= J i2 + Σm 30 v r_Elev 2 TS π n r_Mot n5-03= ΣJ / J Mot

Source page

Page 37

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 37 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

7 Parameter Table

This table below lists the most important parameters with No. Name Description default settings appearing in bold type. Refer to the Acceleration/ Deceleration Ramps Technical Manual for a complete list of parameters. These parameters set the acceleration and Acceleration/ deceleration ramps. Setting units are C1- Deceleration No. Name Description determined by parameter o1-03. Refer to Ramps Initialization Parameters page 23. 0: English These parameters adjust the Jerk settings. 1: Japanese C2- Jerk Settings Setting units are determined by parameter 2: German o1-03. Refer to page 23. 3: French Slip Compensation 4: Italian • Increase C3-01 if motor slip requires more 5: Spanish Slip compensation (motor speed is lower than 6: Portuguese C3-01 Compensation speed reference). 7: Chinese Gain • Decrease if slip is overcompensated. 8: Czech Slip 9: Russian • Decrease if the drive does not provide Compensation Language 10: Turkish C3-02 motor slip compensation quickly enough. A1-00 Primary Delay Selection 11: Polish • Increase if motor oscillation occurs. Time 12: Greek Speed Control Loop Settings Note: 1. Language selection settings 8 to 12 can be selected from an LCD operator with C5-01 Speed Control version (REV) F or later. The version Loop Gain 1 Set the speed control loop responsiveness at number of the LCD operator’s PRG Speed Control high speed. C5-02 software is shown on the back of the digital Loop I Time 1 operator. Speed Control Note: 2. Language selection settings 8 to 12 C5-03 Loop Gain 2 Set the speed control loop responsiveness at are available in drive software PRG: 7017 Speed Control low speed during start. or later. C5-04 Loop I Time 2 0: View and set parameters A1-01 and Speed Control A1-04 (U- parameters can also be Settings Sets the switching speed for speed loop viewed) C5-07 Switching settings. A1-01 Access Level 1: User Parameters (access to a set of Speed Selection parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to Speed Control A2-32) C5-13 Loop Gain 3 Set the speed control loop responsiveness at 2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters) C5-14 Speed Control low speed during stop. Loop I Time 3 0: V/f Control Control 2: Open Loop Vector Control Carrier Frequency A1-02 Method 3: Closed Loop Vector Control Carrier Sets the carrier frequency. Settings above Selection C6-03 7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Frequency the default requires output current derating. 0: No initialization Speed Reference 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must Speed Speed reference values for multi-speed Initialize d1-01 to A1-03 be stored using parameter o2-03) Reference 1 to inputs. Setting units are determined by Parameters d1-08 2220: 2-wire initialization 8 parameter o1-03. Refer to page 23. 5550: oPE04 error reset 0: Multi-speed references 1 to 8 Speed Operation Mode Selection 1: Higher speed reference has priority Reference 0: Digital operator d1-18 2: Leveling speed reference has priority Speed Selection 1: Analog input terminals 3: Multi-Speed References 2 to 8 (with b1-01 Reference Mode 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications Multi-speed 1 selected the drive stops) Selection 3: Option Card 0: Digital operator Up/Down 1: Digital input terminals b1-02 Command 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications Selection 3: Option Card Output phase order with an Up command. Phase Order b1-14 0: U-V-W Selection 1: U-W-V YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 37

No.	Name	Description
Acceleration/ Deceleration Ramps
C1-	Acceleration/ Deceleration Ramps	These parameters set the acceleration and deceleration ramps. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. Refer to page 23.
C2-	Jerk Settings	These parameters adjust the Jerk settings. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. Refer to page 23.
Slip Compensation
C3-01	Slip Compensation Gain	• Increase C3-01 if motor slip requires more compensation (motor speed is lower than speed reference). • Decrease if slip is overcompensated.
C3-02	Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time	• Decrease if the drive does not provide motor slip compensation quickly enough. • Increase if motor oscillation occurs.
Speed Control Loop Settings
C5-01	Speed Control Loop Gain 1	Set the speed control loop responsiveness at high speed.
C5-02	Speed Control Loop I Time 1
C5-03	Speed Control Loop Gain 2	Set the speed control loop responsiveness at low speed during start.
C5-04	Speed Control Loop I Time 2
C5-07	Speed Control Settings Switching Speed	Sets the switching speed for speed loop settings.
C5-13	Speed Control Loop Gain 3	Set the speed control loop responsiveness at low speed during stop.
C5-14	Speed Control Loop I Time 3
Carrier Frequency
C6-03	Carrier Frequency	Sets the carrier frequency. Settings above the default requires output current derating.
Speed Reference
d1-01 to d1-08	Speed Reference 1 to 8	Speed reference values for multi-speed inputs. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. Refer to page 23.
d1-18	Speed Reference Selection Mode	0: Multi-speed references 1 to 8 1: Higher speed reference has priority 2: Leveling speed reference has priority 3: Multi-Speed References 2 to 8 (with Multi-speed 1 selected the drive stops)

No.	Name	Description
Initialization Parameters
A1-00	Language Selection	0: English 1: Japanese 2: German 3: French 4: Italian 5: Spanish 6: Portuguese 7: Chinese 8: Czech 9: Russian 10: Turkish 11: Polish 12: Greek Note: 1. Language selection settings 8 to 12 can be selected from an LCD operator with version (REV) F or later. The version number of the LCD operator’s PRG software is shown on the back of the digital operator. Note: 2. Language selection settings 8 to 12 are available in drive software PRG: 7017 or later.
A1-01	Access Level Selection	0: View and set parameters A1-01 and A1-04 (U- parameters can also be viewed) 1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32) 2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
A1-02	Control Method Selection	0: V/f Control 2: Open Loop Vector Control 3: Closed Loop Vector Control 7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
A1-03	Initialize Parameters	0: No initialization 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03) 2220: 2-wire initialization 5550: oPE04 error reset
Operation Mode Selection
b1-01	Speed Reference Selection	0: Digital operator 1: Analog input terminals 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications 3: Option Card
b1-02	Up/Down Command Selection	0: Digital operator 1: Digital input terminals 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications 3: Option Card
b1-14	Phase Order Selection	Output phase order with an Up command. 0: U-V-W 1: U-W-V

Source page

Page 38

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 38 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

7 Parameter Table

No. Name Description No. Name Description d1-19 Nominal Speed PM Motor Settings Intermediate E5-02 Rated Power d1-20 Speed 1 E5-03 Rated Current Motor data for permanent magnet motors. Intermediate E5-04 Motor Poles d1-21 Speed 2 Stator E5-09 is set as peak-to-peak value for one Intermediate Speed reference values for separate speed E5-05 Resistance motor phase in units of 0.1 mVs/rad d1-22 Speed 3 selection inputs. Setting units are d-Axis (electrical angle). determined by parameter o1-03. Refer to E5-06 d1-23 Relevel. Speed page 23. I q n -A du x c i t s a nce E5-24 is set as phase-to-phase RMS value in Inspection E5-07 Inductance units of 0.1 mVmin (mechanical angle). d1-24 Operation Speed E5-09 I C n o d n u s c t t . i o 1 n Volt. If a value is set to E5-09, then E5-24 must d1-26 Leveling Induction Volt. be set to 0.0 and vice versa. Speed E5-24 Const. 2 Leveling Used when d1-18 = 0 or 3. If the speed PG Speed Control Card Speed reference selected is lower than d1-28, then d1-28 Encoder 1 Detection the drive uses the leveling speed as the F1-01 Sets the encoder resolution. Resolution Level speed reference. Encoder 1 Used when d1-18 = 0 or 3. If the speed 0: A phase leads B in up direction Inspection F1-05 Rotation reference selected is between d1-28 and 1: B phase leads A in up direction Speed Direction d1-29 d1-29, then the speed reference is regarded Detection 0: EnDat 2.1/01, 2.2/01 Serial as the Inspection Speed, and the inspection Level Encoder Communication + Sin/Cos operation sequence is activated. F1-50 Selection 1: EnDat 2.2/22 Serial Communication V/f Pattern 2: HIPERFACE This parameter must be set to the power Communication 0: 1M bps/9600 bps supply voltage. Speed of Serial 1: 500k bps/19200 bps Input Voltage WARNING! Drive input voltage (not motor F1-52 E1-01 Encoder 2: 1M bps/38400 bps Setting voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the Selection 3: 1M bps/38400 bps protective features of the drive to function properly. Multi-Function Digital Inputs / Outputs E1-04 M Ou a t x p i u m t um V/f pattern settings H H 1- 1 0 - 3 0 8 to T S e 8 r F m u i n n c a t l i S on 3 to Selects the function of terminals S3 to S8. Frequency Output Voltage (V) Selection Maximum E1-05 Terminal E1-05 Voltage H2-01 to M1-M6 Sets the function for the relay outputs Base E1-13 H2-03 Function M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6. E1-06 Frequency Selection Mid Output E1-08 H2-04, Terminal Sets the function for the photocoupler E1-07 P1-C1, P2-C2 Frequency H2-05 outputs P1-C1 and P2-C2. Mid Output E1-10 Function Sel. E1-08 Frequency E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-04 Note: Major functions are listed at the end of the table. Voltage Frequency (Hz) Multi-Function Analog Inputs E1-09 M O Fr u e in t q p i u m u e t u n m cy E i C n 1 o V - n 0 t / 7 r f o , C l E . o 1 n - t 0 ro 8 l , a a n n d d E O - p 1 e 0 n a L re o o a p v a V il e a c b to le r only H H 3 3 - - 0 0 1 9 , T A L e e 2 r v m S el i i g n S n a e a l l l A . 1, 0 1: : - 0 1 t 0 o t o 1 0 1 0 V V For linear V/f characteristics, set the same Minimum 0: Speed bias values to E1-07 and E1-09. With these E1-10 O Fr u e t q p u u e t n cy s se e t tt t i o n g E s 1 , - t 0 h 8 e . drive will disregard the value H H 3 3 - - 0 1 2 0 , T A e 2 r m Fu in n a c l t i A o 1 n , 2 3 : : A A u u x x i i l l i i a a r r y y s s p p e e e e d d 1 2 Voltage Selection 14: Torque compensation Parameters must be set so that: 1F: Through mode E1-13 Base Voltage E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-04 Terminal A1, Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-03, Motor Parameters A2 Gain H3-02 and H3-10 when 10 V is input at H3-11 E2-01 Rated Current Setting terminals A1 and A2. E2-02 Rated Slip H3-04, Terminal A1, Sets the level of the input value selected in E2-03 N Cu o r - r L e o n a t d H3-12 A Se 2 t t B in i g as H te 3 rm -0 i 2 n a a l n s d A H 1 3 a - n 1 d 0 A w 2 h . en 0 V is input at E2-04 Motor Poles Motor data for Induction Motors. Multi-Function Analog Outputs E2-05 L R i e n s e is -t t o an -L ce ine H H 4 4 - - 0 0 1 4 , T A e M rm M in o a n l i F to M r , S m e u le lt c i- ts fu t n h c e t i d o a n ta a t n o a l b o e g o o u u t t p p u u t t t t h e r r o m u i g n h a ls FM Selection and AM. Leakage E2-06 Inductance H4-02, Terminal FM, Sets the signal level for terminals FM and AM that are equal to 100% of the monitor H4-05 AM Gain output that has been selected. 38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

No.	Name	Description
d1-19	Nominal Speed	Speed reference values for separate speed selection inputs. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. Refer to page 23.
d1-20	Intermediate Speed 1
d1-21	Intermediate Speed 2
d1-22	Intermediate Speed 3
d1-23	Relevel. Speed
d1-24	Inspection Operation Speed
d1-26	Leveling Speed
d1-28	Leveling Speed Detection Level	Used when d1-18 = 0 or 3. If the speed reference selected is lower than d1-28, then the drive uses the leveling speed as the speed reference.
d1-29	Inspection Speed Detection Level	Used when d1-18 = 0 or 3. If the speed reference selected is between d1-28 and d1-29, then the speed reference is regarded as the Inspection Speed, and the inspection operation sequence is activated.
V/f Pattern
E1-01	Input Voltage Setting	This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage. WARNING! Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective features of the drive to function properly.
E1-04	Maximum Output Frequency	V/f pattern settings Output Voltage (V) E1-05 E1-13 E1-08 E1-10 E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-04 Frequency (Hz) E1-07, E1-08, and E-10 are available only in V/f Control and Open Loop Vector Control. For linear V/f characteristics, set the same values to E1-07 and E1-09. With these settings, the drive will disregard the value set to E1-08. Parameters must be set so that: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-04
E1-05	Maximum Voltage
E1-06	Base Frequency
E1-07	Mid Output Frequency
E1-08	Mid Output Frequency Voltage
E1-09	Minimum Output Frequency
E1-10	Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
E1-13	Base Voltage
Motor Parameters
E2-01	Rated Current	Motor data for Induction Motors.
E2-02	Rated Slip
E2-03	No-Load Current
E2-04	Motor Poles
E2-05	Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-06	Leakage Inductance

No.	Name	Description
PM Motor Settings
E5-02	Rated Power	Motor data for permanent magnet motors. E5-09 is set as peak-to-peak value for one motor phase in units of 0.1 mVs/rad (electrical angle). E5-24 is set as phase-to-phase RMS value in units of 0.1 mVmin (mechanical angle). If a value is set to E5-09, then E5-24 must be set to 0.0 and vice versa.
E5-03	Rated Current
E5-04	Motor Poles
E5-05	Stator Resistance
E5-06	d-Axis Inductance
E5-07	q-Axis Inductance
E5-09	Induction Volt. Const. 1
E5-24	Induction Volt. Const. 2
PG Speed Control Card
F1-01	Encoder 1 Resolution	Sets the encoder resolution.
F1-05	Encoder 1 Rotation Direction	0: A phase leads B in up direction 1: B phase leads A in up direction
F1-50	Encoder Selection	0: EnDat 2.1/01, 2.2/01 Serial Communication + Sin/Cos 1: EnDat 2.2/22 Serial Communication 2: HIPERFACE
F1-52	Communication Speed of Serial Encoder Selection	0: 1M bps/9600 bps 1: 500k bps/19200 bps 2: 1M bps/38400 bps 3: 1M bps/38400 bps
Multi-Function Digital Inputs / Outputs
H1-03 to H1-08	Terminal S3 to S8 Function Selection	Selects the function of terminals S3 to S8.
H2-01 to H2-03	Terminal M1-M6 Function Selection	Sets the function for the relay outputs M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6.
H2-04, H2-05	Terminal P1-C1, P2-C2 Function Sel.	Sets the function for the photocoupler outputs P1-C1 and P2-C2.
Note: Major functions are listed at the end of the table.
Multi-Function Analog Inputs
H3-01, H3-09	Terminal A1, A2 Signal Level Sel.	0: 0 to 10 V 1: -10 to 10 V
H3-02, H3-10	Terminal A1, A2 Function Selection	0: Speed bias 2: Auxiliary speed 1 3: Auxiliary speed 2 14: Torque compensation 1F: Through mode
H3-03, H3-11	Terminal A1, A2 Gain Setting	Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 and H3-10 when 10 V is input at terminals A1 and A2.
H3-04, H3-12	Terminal A1, A2 Bias Setting	Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 and H3-10 when 0 V is input at terminals A1 and A2.
Multi-Function Analog Outputs
H4-01, H4-04	Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection	Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminals FM and AM.
H4-02, H4-05	Terminal FM, AM Gain	Sets the signal level for terminals FM and AM that are equal to 100% of the monitor output that has been selected.

Source page

Page 39

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 39 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

7 Parameter Table

No. Name Description No. Name Description Sets the signal level for terminals FM and Slip Compensation for Elevators H4-03, Terminal FM, H4-06 AM Bias A va M lu e th . at are equal to 0% of the monitor S2-01 M Sp o e t e o d r Rated Sets the motor rated speed in r/min. H4-07, Terminal FM, 0: 0 to 10 V Slip H4-08 AM Signal Sel. 1: -10 to 10 V S2-02/ Compensation Set the slip compensation gain for motoring Motor Protection S2-03 Gain Motoring operation (S2-02) and during regenerative operation (S2-03). 0: Disabled /Regen. Mode Motor 1: General purpose motor (self-cooled) Start/Stop Optimization Overload 2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range L1-01 Sets the gain for maintaining Zero Speed at Protection of 1:10 Position Lock S3-01 start. Adjust the value so that no vibration Selection 3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100 Gain at Start 1 occurs during Zero Speed at start. 5: PM motor with constant torque control Used to prevent roll-back. Increase if Inertia Compensation Control Position Lock S3-02 roll-back occurs and S3-01 has already been Inertia Gain at Start 2 0: Disabled set. n5-01 Compensation 1: Enabled Sets the gain for maintaining Zero Speed at Selection Position Lock S3-03 stop. Adjust the value so that no vibration Motor Gain at Stop Sets the time the motor needs to accelerate occurs during Zero Speed at stop. n5-02 Acceleration Time from 0 to the nominal speed at 100% torque. Short Floor Operation Inertia Sets the gain used for inertia compensation. Short Floor 0: Disabled n5-03 Compensation This value defines the ratio between motor S5-01 Operation 1: Enabled (Short Floor Operation) Control Gain and load inertia. Selection 2: Enabled (Advanced Short Floor Digital Operator Display Selection Operation) 0: 0.01 Hz Induction Motor Auto-Tuning 1: 0.01% 0: Rotational Auto-Tuning 2: r/min 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 Digital Auto-Tuning 4: Elevator units 1 (speed = m/s, accel/decel 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Operator T1-01 Mode o1-03 ramp = s, Jerk = s) Resistance Display Unit Selection 5: Elevator units 2 (speed = m/s, accel/decel 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 Selection ramp = m/s2, Jerk = m/s3) 10: Inertia Tuning Note: If o1-03 = 4 or 5, then parameters Motor Rated Sets the motor rated power as specified on T1-02 o1-20, o1-21, and o1-22 must also be set. Power the motor nameplate. Traction Motor Rated Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on o1-20 Sheave Set the traction sheave diameter in mm. T1-03 Voltage the motor nameplate. Diameter Motor Rated Sets the motor rated current as specified on 1: 1:1 T1-04 Current the motor nameplate. 2: 1:2 o1-21 Roping Ratio Motor Base Sets the rated frequency of the motor as 3: 1:3 T1-05 Frequency specified on the motor nameplate. 4: 1:4 Number of Sets the number of motor poles as specified o1-22 Gear Ratio Set the gear ratio of the mechanical gear. T1-06 Motor Poles on the motor nameplate. Brake Sequence Motor Base Sets the rated speed of the motor as S1-01 Zero Speed Sets the speed to close the brake at stop. T1-07 Speed specified on the motor nameplate. Level at Stop Encoder Set the number of pulses per revolution for S1-02 DC Injection Adjusts the torque to hold the motor at zero T1-08 Resolution the encoder being used. Current at Start speed during start and stop. Motor Sets the no-load current and rated slip for S1-03 DC Injection Increase if roll-back occurs. T1-09 No-Load the motor. Current at Stop Current Automatically calculated after setting the DC Inj./ T1-02 and T1-04. If know enter the no-load Sets the time between the Up/Down S1-04 P T o im si e ti o at n S L ta o r c t k command and acceleration start. T1-10 M Sli o p t or Rated c te u s r t r e re n p t o a r n t d . I s f l i n p o t a , s p i r n o d c i e c e a d te w d i o th n s th h e o w m n o tor DC Inj./ Sets the time between reaching the Zero values. S1-05 Position Lock Speed Level and when the drive output Time at Stop shuts off. Brake Release Sets the wait time between the Up/Down S1-06 Delay Time command and the brake release command. Brake Close Sets the wait time between reaching Zero S1-07 Delay Time Speed and the brake close command. Motor Sets the state of the output contactor control Contactor S1-12 command (H2- = 51) during Control during Auto-Tuning. Auto-Tuning YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 39

No.	Name	Description
H4-03, H4-06	Terminal FM, AM Bias	Sets the signal level for terminals FM and AM that are equal to 0% of the monitor value.
H4-07, H4-08	Terminal FM, AM Signal Sel.	0: 0 to 10 V 1: -10 to 10 V
Motor Protection
L1-01	Motor Overload Protection Selection	0: Disabled 1: General purpose motor (self-cooled) 2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10 3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100 5: PM motor with constant torque control
Inertia Compensation Control
n5-01	Inertia Compensation Selection	0: Disabled 1: Enabled
n5-02	Motor Acceleration Time	Sets the time the motor needs to accelerate from 0 to the nominal speed at 100% torque.
n5-03	Inertia Compensation Control Gain	Sets the gain used for inertia compensation. This value defines the ratio between motor and load inertia.
Digital Operator Display Selection
o1-03	Digital Operator Display Unit Selection	0: 0.01 Hz 1: 0.01% 2: r/min 4: Elevator units 1 (speed = m/s, accel/decel ramp = s, Jerk = s) 5: Elevator units 2 (speed = m/s, accel/decel ramp = m/s2, Jerk = m/s3) Note: If o1-03 = 4 or 5, then parameters o1-20, o1-21, and o1-22 must also be set.
o1-20	Traction Sheave Diameter	Set the traction sheave diameter in mm.
o1-21	Roping Ratio	1: 1:1 2: 1:2 3: 1:3 4: 1:4
o1-22	Gear Ratio	Set the gear ratio of the mechanical gear.
Brake Sequence
S1-01	Zero Speed Level at Stop	Sets the speed to close the brake at stop.
S1-02	DC Injection Current at Start	Adjusts the torque to hold the motor at zero speed during start and stop. Increase if roll-back occurs.
S1-03	DC Injection Current at Stop
S1-04	DC Inj./ Position Lock Time at Start	Sets the time between the Up/Down command and acceleration start.
S1-05	DC Inj./ Position Lock Time at Stop	Sets the time between reaching the Zero Speed Level and when the drive output shuts off.
S1-06	Brake Release Delay Time	Sets the wait time between the Up/Down command and the brake release command.
S1-07	Brake Close Delay Time	Sets the wait time between reaching Zero Speed and the brake close command.
S1-12	Motor Contactor Control during Auto-Tuning	Sets the state of the output contactor control command (H2- = 51) during Auto-Tuning.

No.	Name	Description
Slip Compensation for Elevators
S2-01	Motor Rated Speed	Sets the motor rated speed in r/min.
S2-02/ S2-03	Slip Compensation Gain Motoring /Regen. Mode	Set the slip compensation gain for motoring operation (S2-02) and during regenerative operation (S2-03).
Start/Stop Optimization
S3-01	Position Lock Gain at Start 1	Sets the gain for maintaining Zero Speed at start. Adjust the value so that no vibration occurs during Zero Speed at start.
S3-02	Position Lock Gain at Start 2	Used to prevent roll-back. Increase if roll-back occurs and S3-01 has already been set.
S3-03	Position Lock Gain at Stop	Sets the gain for maintaining Zero Speed at stop. Adjust the value so that no vibration occurs during Zero Speed at stop.
Short Floor Operation
S5-01	Short Floor Operation Selection	0: Disabled 1: Enabled (Short Floor Operation) 2: Enabled (Advanced Short Floor Operation)
Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
T1-01	Auto-Tuning Mode Selection	0: Rotational Auto-Tuning 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 10: Inertia Tuning
T1-02	Motor Rated Power	Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate.
T1-03	Motor Rated Voltage	Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate.
T1-04	Motor Rated Current	Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate.
T1-05	Motor Base Frequency	Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
T1-06	Number of Motor Poles	Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.
T1-07	Motor Base Speed	Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
T1-08	Encoder Resolution	Set the number of pulses per revolution for the encoder being used.
T1-09	Motor No-Load Current	Sets the no-load current and rated slip for the motor. Automatically calculated after setting the T1-02 and T1-04. If know enter the no-load current and slip as indicated on the motor test report. If not, proceed with shown values.
T1-10	Motor Rated Slip

Source page

Page 40

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 40 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

7 Parameter Table

No. Name Description Monitor Description PM Motor Auto-Tuning Displays the input terminal status. 0: Motor Data input U1-10 = 00000000 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1Digital input 1 2 3 : : S In ta it t i i a o l n m ar a y g s n t e a t t o p r o r le e s s i e s a ta r n ch ce p A ar u a t m o- e T te u r n s i ng 1 ( D ( t t e e ig r r i m m ta i i n n l i a a n l l p S S u 1 2 t 2 e e n n a a b b l l e e d d ) ) Auto-Tuning 1Digital input 3 4: Stationary encoder offset Auto-Tuning U1-10 1 ( D te ig r i m ta in l i a n l p S u 3 t 4 e nabled) 10: Rotational encoder offset Auto-Tuning ( terminal S4 enabled) 11: Rotational back EMF constant 1D ( te ig r i m ta in l i a n l p S u 5 t 5 e nabled) Auto-Tuning Auto-Tuning 1Digital input 6 T2-01 Mode 12: Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder 1 ( D te ig r i m ta in l i a n l p S u 6 t 7 e nabled) Selection characteristics ( terminal S7 enabled) Setting 12 is available in drive software 1Digital input 8 (terminal S8 enabled) versions PRG: 7017 or later. Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder Displays the output terminal status. characteristics requires a PG-E3 option with U1-11 = 00000000 software version 1102 or later. To identify 1Multi-Function the PG-E3 software version, refer to the Digital Output (terminal M1-M2) PG-E3 labeling on the option, in the field 1Multi-Function designated “C/N” (S + four digit number). D (te ig r i m ta in l O al u M tp 3 u - t M 4) T2-04 M Po o w to e r r Rated S th e e t s m th o e to m r n o a to m r e r p a l t a e t d e . power as specified on U1-11 1 D ( M te i u g r l i m t t i a - i F n l u O a n l u M c t t p i 5 o u - n t M 6) 1Multi-Function Motor Rated Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on Digital Output T2-05 (terminal P1-C1) Voltage the motor nameplate. 1Multi-Function Digital Output Motor Rated Sets the motor rated current as specified on (terminal P2-C2) T2-06 Current the motor nameplate. Not Used 1Fault Relay Number of Sets the number of motor poles as specified (terminal MA-MC closed T2-08 MA-MC open) Motor Poles on the motor nameplate. Verifies the drive operation status. Motor Base Sets the rated speed of the motor as T2-09 U1-12 = 00000000 Speed specified on the motor nameplate. 1During run 1 Phase Stator Sets the 1-phase resistance of the stator 1During zero-speed T2-10 Resistance winding in ohms. 1Down Direction U1-12 1Fault reset d-axis signal input T2-11 Inductance Sets the d-axis inductance in mH. 1During speed agree 1Drive ready T2-12 q-axis Sets the q-axis inductance in mH. 1During alarm Inductance detection 1During fault detection Induced 0: mV/min-1 T2-13 Voltage Unit 1: mVs/rad U1-13 Terminal A1 Input Voltage Induced Sets the induced voltage (back EMF) U1-14 Terminal A2 Input Voltage T2-14 Voltage Const. constant. U1-16 Output Speed after Soft Starter Encoder U1-18 oPE Fault Parameter T2-16 Sets the encoder resolution. Resolution Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error. T2-17 Encoder Offset Sets the encoder offset. U1-19 = 00000000 Monitor Description 1 CRC Error 1 Data Length Error Operation Status Monitor 0 Not Used U1-01 Speed Reference (%) U1-19 1 Parity Error 1 Overrun Error U1-02 Output Speed (%) 1 Framing Error U1-03 Output Current (A) 0 Timed Out U1-05 Motor Speed (%) 1 Not Used U1-06 Output Voltage Reference (Vac) Fault Trace U1-07 DC Bus Voltage (Vdc) U2-01 Current Fault U1-08 Output Power (kW) U2-02 Previous Fault U1-09 Torque Reference (% of motor rated torque) U2-03 Speed Reference at Previous Fault U2-04 Output Speed at Previous Fault U2-05 Output Current at Previous Fault U2-06 Motor Speed at Previous Fault U2-07 Output Voltage at Previous Fault U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault U2-09 Output Power at Previous Fault 40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

No.	Name	Column	Description
PM Motor Auto-Tuning
T2-01	Auto-Tuning Mode Selection		0: Motor Data input 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2: Stationary stator resistance Auto-Tuning 3: Initial magnet pole search parameters Auto-Tuning 4: Stationary encoder offset Auto-Tuning 10: Rotational encoder offset Auto-Tuning 11: Rotational back EMF constant Auto-Tuning 12: Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics Setting 12 is available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later. Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics requires a PG-E3 option with software version 1102 or later. To identify the PG-E3 software version, refer to the PG-E3 labeling on the option, in the field designated “C/N” (S + four digit number).
T2-04	Motor Rated Power		Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate.
T2-05	Motor Rated Voltage		Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate.
T2-06	Motor Rated Current		Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate.
T2-08	Number of Motor Poles		Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.
T2-09	Motor Base Speed		Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
T2-10	1 Phase Stator Resistance		Sets the 1-phase resistance of the stator winding in ohms.
T2-11	d-axis Inductance		Sets the d-axis inductance in mH.
T2-12	q-axis Inductance		Sets the q-axis inductance in mH.
T2-13	Induced Voltage Unit		0: mV/min-1 1: mVs/rad
T2-14	Induced Voltage Const.		Sets the induced voltage (back EMF) constant.
T2-16	Encoder Resolution		Sets the encoder resolution.
T2-17	Encoder Offset		Sets the encoder offset.
Monitor		Description
Operation Status Monitor
U1-01		Speed Reference (%)
U1-02		Output Speed (%)
U1-03		Output Current (A)
U1-05		Motor Speed (%)
U1-06		Output Voltage Reference (Vac)
U1-07		DC Bus Voltage (Vdc)
U1-08		Output Power (kW)
U1-09		Torque Reference (% of motor rated torque)

Monitor	Description
U1-10	Displays the input terminal status. U1-10 = 00000000 1Digital input 1 (terminal S1 enabled) 1Digital input 2 (terminal S2 enabled) 1Digital input 3 (terminal S3 enabled) 1Digital input 4 (terminal S4 enabled) 1Digital input 5 (terminal S5 enabled) 1Digital input 6 (terminal S6 enabled) 1Digital input 7 (terminal S7 enabled) 1Digital input 8 (terminal S8 enabled)
U1-11	Displays the output terminal status. U1-11 = 00000000 1Multi-Function Digital Output (terminal M1-M2) 1Multi-Function Digital Output (terminal M3-M4) 1Multi-Function Digital Output (terminal M5-M6) 1Multi-Function Digital Output (terminal P1-C1) 1Multi-Function Digital Output (terminal P2-C2) Not Used 1Fault Relay (terminal MA-MC closed MA-MC open)
U1-12	Verifies the drive operation status. U1-12 = 00000000 1During run 1During zero-speed 1Down Direction 1Fault reset signal input 1During speed agree 1Drive ready 1During alarm detection 1During fault detection
U1-13	Terminal A1 Input Voltage
U1-14	Terminal A2 Input Voltage
U1-16	Output Speed after Soft Starter
U1-18	oPE Fault Parameter
U1-19	Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error. U1-19 = 00000000 1CRC Error 1Data Length Error 0Not Used 1Parity Error 1Overrun Error 1Framing Error 0Timed Out 1Not Used
Fault Trace
U2-01	Current Fault
U2-02	Previous Fault
U2-03	Speed Reference at Previous Fault
U2-04	Output Speed at Previous Fault
U2-05	Output Current at Previous Fault
U2-06	Motor Speed at Previous Fault
U2-07	Output Voltage at Previous Fault
U2-08	DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault
U2-09	Output Power at Previous Fault

Source page

Page 41

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 41 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

7 Parameter Table

Monitor Description U2-10 Torque Reference at Previous Fault U2-11 Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault U2-12 Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault U2-13 Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault U2-14 Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault U2-15 Soft Starter Output at Previous Fault U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at Previous Fault Fault History U3-01 to First to 4th Most Recent Fault U3-04 U3-05 to 5th to 10th Most Recent Fault U3-10 U3-11 to Cumulative Operation Time at 1st to 4th Most Recent U3-14 Fault U3-15 to Cumulative Operation Time at 5th to 10th Most Recent U3-20 Fault Note: The following faults are not recorded in the error log: CPF00, CPF01, CPF02, CPF03, Uv1, and Uv2. Fault Trace U4-01 Cumulative Operation time U4-24 Number of travels (lower 4 digits) U4-25 Number of travels (upper 4 digits) U4-26 Maximum Current during Acceleration U4-27 Maximum Current during Deceleration U4-28 Maximum Current during Constant Speed U4-29 Maximum Current during Leveling Speed DI/DO Sel. Description Digital Input Function Selections 3 Multi-step speed reference 1 4 Multi-step speed reference 2 5 Multi-step speed reference 3 F Not used (through mode) 14 Fault reset (Reset when turned ON) External fault; Input mode: N.O. contact / N.C. contact 20 to 2F Detection mode: Normal/during operation 50 Nominal speed (d1-19) 51 Intermediate speed 52 Releveling speed (d1-23) 53 Leveling speed (d1-26) 54 Inspection operation 56 Motor contactor feedback 79 Brake feedback Digital Output Function Selections During Run (ON: Run command is ON or voltage is being 0 output) 6 Drive Ready E Fault F Not used (through mode) 50 Brake Control 51 Output Contactor Control 58 Safe Disable Status

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 41

Monitor	Description
U2-10	Torque Reference at Previous Fault
U2-11	Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault
U2-12	Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault
U2-13	Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault
U2-14	Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault
U2-15	Soft Starter Output at Previous Fault
U2-16	Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault
U2-17	Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault
U2-20	Heatsink Temperature at Previous Fault
Fault History
U3-01 to U3-04	First to 4th Most Recent Fault
U3-05 to U3-10	5th to 10th Most Recent Fault
U3-11 to U3-14	Cumulative Operation Time at 1st to 4th Most Recent Fault
U3-15 to U3-20	Cumulative Operation Time at 5th to 10th Most Recent Fault
Note: The following faults are not recorded in the error log: CPF00, CPF01, CPF02, CPF03, Uv1, and Uv2.
Fault Trace
U4-01	Cumulative Operation time
U4-24	Number of travels (lower 4 digits)
U4-25	Number of travels (upper 4 digits)
U4-26	Maximum Current during Acceleration
U4-27	Maximum Current during Deceleration
U4-28	Maximum Current during Constant Speed
U4-29	Maximum Current during Leveling Speed
DI/DO Sel.	Description
Digital Input Function Selections
3	Multi-step speed reference 1
4	Multi-step speed reference 2
5	Multi-step speed reference 3
F	Not used (through mode)
14	Fault reset (Reset when turned ON)
20 to 2F	External fault; Input mode: N.O. contact / N.C. contact Detection mode: Normal/during operation
50	Nominal speed (d1-19)
51	Intermediate speed
52	Releveling speed (d1-23)
53	Leveling speed (d1-26)
54	Inspection operation
56	Motor contactor feedback
79	Brake feedback
Digital Output Function Selections
0	During Run (ON: Run command is ON or voltage is being output)
6	Drive Ready
E	Fault
F	Not used (through mode)
50	Brake Control
51	Output Contactor Control
58	Safe Disable Status

Source page

Page 42

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 42 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

8 Troubleshooting

 General Fault and Alarms Faults and alarms indicate problems in the drive or in the machine.

The drive indicates that an alarm has occurred with a code on the data display screen and a flashing ALM LED. The drive output may be shut off depending on the alarm. The drive indicates that a fault has occurred with a code on the data display screen and a lit ALM LED. The drive output is always switched off immediately and the motor coasts to stop.

To remove an alarm or reset a fault, first figure out what cause the problem, take corrective action, and finally reset the drive by pushing the RESET key on the operator or by cycling the power supply. The table below lists the most important alarms and faults only. Please refer to the Technical Manual for a complete list.

Digital Operator AL FLT Possible Cause Corrective Action The software baseblock function is assigned to one of • Check the functions assigned to the digital input Drive Baseblock  the digital inputs and the input is off. The drive does not terminals. (bb) accept Up/Down commands during this time. • Check the upper controller sequence. The torque limit was reached during deceleration for • Check the load. longer than 3 s and one of the following was true: Control Fault • Set the torque limit to the most appropriate setting  • the load inertia is too big. (CF) (L7-01 through L7-04). • the torque limit is too low. • Check the motor parameters settings. • the motor parameters are set incorrectly. Control Circuit Fault • Cycle the drive power supply. (CPF02)  There is a problem in the drive’s control circuit. • Initialize the drive. to • Replace the drive if the fault occurs again. (CPF25) A/D Conversion • Cycle power to the drive. Error  An A/D conversion error or control circuit error • Replace the control board or the entire drive if the occurred. (CPF35) problem continues. Cannot Reset Fault reset was input when the Up or Down command Turn off the Up and Down command and reset the  (CrST) was active. drive. F1-04 is set to 0, 1, or 2 and a speed deviation higher • Reduce the load. Speed Deviation  than the value in F1-10 occurred longer than the time • Decrease the acceleration and deceleration ramp. (for Control Mode set in F1-11. • Check the mechanical system (lubrication, etc.) with Encoder) F1-04 is set to 3 and a speed deviation higher than the • Check the setting of F1-10 and F1-11. (dEv)  value in F1-10 occurred longer than the time set in • Check the brake sequence to make sure the brake is F1-11. fully open when acceleration starts. • Check the encoder wiring. Rotation Direction • Verify the encoder rotation direction. Perform an A speed deviation higher than 30% occurred while the Fault  offset tuning. torque reference and acceleration direction are opposite. (dv3) • Reduce the load. • Check the brake sequence. Rotation Direction • Verify the encoder direction. Motor speed and speed reference directions are Fault  • Perform an encoder tuning. opposite and a deviation larger than set in F1-19 occurs. (dv4) • Check the brake sequence. Overacceleration • Check the settings of o1-20, o1-21, and o1-22. The car acceleration is higher than the value set in Detection  • Adjust acceleration and deceleration ramps. parameter S6-10 for longer than the time set in S6-17. (dv6) • Check the value set to S6-10 is not too small. • Repeat the setup process, or perform Stationary Auto-Tuning or Initial Pole Search Auto-Tuning. • An invalid value resulted from Initial Pole Search. PM Rotor Position • Check the brake sequence. The brake should remain • The encoder rotation direction setting in parameter Estimation Error  applied during Initial Pole Search and whenever the F1-05 has been changed and the motor is started (dv8) power supply is interrupted. without repeating the encoder offset tuning before. • Use a PG option card that is compatible with both L1000A and an absolute encoder. Up/Down Command Error  The Up and Down command were input simultaneously Check the sequence and make sure that the Up and for longer than 500 ms. Down command are not enabled at the same time. (EF) 42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Digital Operator	AL	FLT	Possible Cause	Corrective Action
Drive Baseblock (bb)			The software baseblock function is assigned to one of the digital inputs and the input is off. The drive does not accept Up/Down commands during this time.	• Check the functions assigned to the digital input terminals. • Check the upper controller sequence.
Control Fault (CF)			The torque limit was reached during deceleration for longer than 3 s and one of the following was true: • the load inertia is too big. • the torque limit is too low. • the motor parameters are set incorrectly.	• Check the load. • Set the torque limit to the most appropriate setting (L7-01 through L7-04). • Check the motor parameters settings.
Control Circuit Fault (CPF02) to (CPF25)			There is a problem in the drive’s control circuit.	• Cycle the drive power supply. • Initialize the drive. • Replace the drive if the fault occurs again.
A/D Conversion Error (CPF35)			An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.	• Cycle power to the drive. • Replace the control board or the entire drive if the problem continues.
Cannot Reset (CrST)			Fault reset was input when the Up or Down command was active.	Turn off the Up and Down command and reset the drive.
Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with Encoder) (dEv)			F1-04 is set to 0, 1, or 2 and a speed deviation higher than the value in F1-10 occurred longer than the time set in F1-11.	• Reduce the load. • Decrease the acceleration and deceleration ramp. • Check the mechanical system (lubrication, etc.) • Check the setting of F1-10 and F1-11. • Check the brake sequence to make sure the brake is fully open when acceleration starts.
			F1-04 is set to 3 and a speed deviation higher than the value in F1-10 occurred longer than the time set in F1-11.
Rotation Direction Fault (dv3)			A speed deviation higher than 30% occurred while the torque reference and acceleration direction are opposite.	• Check the encoder wiring. • Verify the encoder rotation direction. Perform an offset tuning. • Reduce the load. • Check the brake sequence.
Rotation Direction Fault (dv4)			Motor speed and speed reference directions are opposite and a deviation larger than set in F1-19 occurs.	• Verify the encoder direction. • Perform an encoder tuning. • Check the brake sequence.
Overacceleration Detection (dv6)			The car acceleration is higher than the value set in parameter S6-10 for longer than the time set in S6-17.	• Check the settings of o1-20, o1-21, and o1-22. • Adjust acceleration and deceleration ramps. • Check the value set to S6-10 is not too small.
PM Rotor Position Estimation Error (dv8)			• An invalid value resulted from Initial Pole Search. • The encoder rotation direction setting in parameter F1-05 has been changed and the motor is started without repeating the encoder offset tuning before.	• Repeat the setup process, or perform Stationary Auto-Tuning or Initial Pole Search Auto-Tuning. • Check the brake sequence. The brake should remain applied during Initial Pole Search and whenever the power supply is interrupted. • Use a PG option card that is compatible with both L1000A and an absolute encoder.
Up/Down Command Error (EF)			The Up and Down command were input simultaneously for longer than 500 ms.	Check the sequence and make sure that the Up and Down command are not enabled at the same time.

Source page

Page 43

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 43 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

8 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator AL FLT Possible Cause Corrective Action External Faults (input terminal S3 to S8) • An external fault was triggered by an external device • Find out why the device tripped the EF. Remove the   via one of the digital inputs (S3 to S8). cause and reset the fault. (EF03) • The digital inputs are set incorrectly. • Check the functions assigned to the digital inputs. to (EF08) Parameter d1-18 is set to 1, leveling speed detection is Spee M d i R ss e i f n e g rence  not assigned to a digital input (H1- ≠ 53) and no • • C C h h e e c c k k t t h h e e s s p eq ee u d e n s c e e le . c M ti a o k n e i n su p r u e t s t . he speed is selected speed was selected while an Up or Down command was (FrL) before the Up or Down command is input. entered. • Ground leakage current has exceeded 50% of the • Check the output wiring and the motor for short Ground Fault drives rated output current. circuits or broken insulation. Replace any broken  (GF) • Cable or motor insulation is broken. parts. • Excessive stray capacitance at drive output. • Reduce the carrier frequency. • Check why the upper controller’s safety device Safe Disable Both Safe Disable inputs are open. The drive output is disabled the drive. Remove the cause and restart.  (Hbb) safely disabled and the motor cannot be started. • Check the wiring. Terminals HC, H1, and H2 must be linked if the Safe Disable function is not utilized. Drive output is disabled while only one of the Safe Disable inputs is open (normally both input signals H1 Safe Disable and H2 should be open). • Check the wiring from the upper controller and make Circuit Fault  • One channel is internally broken and does not switch sure that both signals are handled correctly. • If the signals are set correctly and the alarm does not (HbbF) off, even if the external signal is removed. disappear, replace the drive. • Only one channel is switched off by the upper controller. • Output cable is disconnected or the motor winding is Output Phase Loss damaged. • Check the power supply.  • Make sure that all cables are properly connected to (LF) • Drive output wires are loose. the correct terminals. • Motor is too small (less than 5% of drive current). • Check the output wiring and the motor for short circuits or broken insulation. Replace the broken parts. • Check the machine for damages (gears, etc.) and repair any broken parts. • Short-circuit or ground fault on the drive output side. • Check the drive output side short circuit for broken • The drive is damaged. output transistor. • The load is too heavy. Overcurrent  • • T Th he e o ac v c e e rc le u r r a r t e i n o t n l o ev r e d l e h c a e s le e ra x t c i e o e n d r e a d m t p h s e a v r a e l u to e o s e s t h t o o r t.   B - 1 (n a e n g d a t U iv / e V ) / a W nd U/V/W (oC) Contact your Yaskawa representative or nearest L8-27. (PM control modes) Yaskawa sales office. • Incorrect motor data or V/f pattern settings. • Make sure the brake fully opens. • The motor contactor was switched while the drive was • Check accel/decel settings in C1- and C2-. running. • Correct the value set to overcurrent detection gain (L8-27). • Check V/f pattern settings in E1- (E3- for motor 2). • Check the output contactor sequence. Encoder • Check the encoder power supply setting on the option • Encoder power supply voltage wrong. Communication card.  • Wrong encoder type. Data Error • Check the encoder wiring, especially the serial signal • Wrong wiring. (oFC53) wires. Encoder Error • Noise on the encoder signal. Check the encoder wiring and make sure the encoder  (oFC54) • Bad wiring. cable shield is properly grounded. Heatsink Overheat • Check the surrounding temperature and install • Surrounding temperature is too high. cooling devices if necessary. (oH) • The cooling fan has stopped.   • Check the drive cooling fan. or • The heatsink is dirty. • Clean the heatsink. (oH1) • The airflow to the heatsink is restricted. • Check the airflow around the heatsink. • The motor load is too heavy. Motor Overload • Acceleration and deceleration cycle times are too • Check the elevator mechanics.  • Check the sequence. (oL1) short. • Check the rated current setting. • Value set for the motor rated current is incorrect. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 43

Digital Operator	AL	FLT	Possible Cause	Corrective Action
External Faults (input terminal S3 to S8) (EF03) to (EF08)			• An external fault was triggered by an external device via one of the digital inputs (S3 to S8). • The digital inputs are set incorrectly.	• Find out why the device tripped the EF. Remove the cause and reset the fault. • Check the functions assigned to the digital inputs.
Speed Reference Missing (FrL)			Parameter d1-18 is set to 1, leveling speed detection is not assigned to a digital input (H1- ≠ 53) and no speed was selected while an Up or Down command was entered.	• Check the speed selection inputs. • Check the sequence. Make sure the speed is selected before the Up or Down command is input.
Ground Fault (GF)			• Ground leakage current has exceeded 50% of the drives rated output current. • Cable or motor insulation is broken. • Excessive stray capacitance at drive output.	• Check the output wiring and the motor for short circuits or broken insulation. Replace any broken parts. • Reduce the carrier frequency.
Safe Disable (Hbb)			Both Safe Disable inputs are open. The drive output is safely disabled and the motor cannot be started.	• Check why the upper controller’s safety device disabled the drive. Remove the cause and restart. • Check the wiring. Terminals HC, H1, and H2 must be linked if the Safe Disable function is not utilized.
Safe Disable Circuit Fault (HbbF)			Drive output is disabled while only one of the Safe Disable inputs is open (normally both input signals H1 and H2 should be open). • One channel is internally broken and does not switch off, even if the external signal is removed. • Only one channel is switched off by the upper controller.	• Check the wiring from the upper controller and make sure that both signals are handled correctly. • If the signals are set correctly and the alarm does not disappear, replace the drive.
Output Phase Loss (LF)			• Output cable is disconnected or the motor winding is damaged. • Drive output wires are loose. • Motor is too small (less than 5% of drive current).	• Check the power supply. • Make sure that all cables are properly connected to the correct terminals.
Overcurrent (oC)			• Short-circuit or ground fault on the drive output side. • The drive is damaged. • The load is too heavy. • The acceleration or deceleration ramps are too short. • The overcurrent level has exceeded the value set to L8-27. (PM control modes) • Incorrect motor data or V/f pattern settings. • The motor contactor was switched while the drive was running.	• Check the output wiring and the motor for short circuits or broken insulation. Replace the broken parts. • Check the machine for damages (gears, etc.) and repair any broken parts. • Check the drive output side short circuit for broken output transistor.  B1 and U/V/W  - (negative) and U/V/W Contact your Yaskawa representative or nearest Yaskawa sales office. • Make sure the brake fully opens. • Check accel/decel settings in C1- and C2-. • Correct the value set to overcurrent detection gain (L8-27). • Check V/f pattern settings in E1- (E3- for motor 2). • Check the output contactor sequence.
Encoder Communication Data Error (oFC53)			• Encoder power supply voltage wrong. • Wrong encoder type. • Wrong wiring.	• Check the encoder power supply setting on the option card. • Check the encoder wiring, especially the serial signal wires.
Encoder Error (oFC54)			• Noise on the encoder signal. • Bad wiring.	Check the encoder wiring and make sure the encoder cable shield is properly grounded.
Heatsink Overheat (oH) or (oH1)			• Surrounding temperature is too high. • The cooling fan has stopped. • The heatsink is dirty. • The airflow to the heatsink is restricted.	• Check the surrounding temperature and install cooling devices if necessary. • Check the drive cooling fan. • Clean the heatsink. • Check the airflow around the heatsink.
Motor Overload (oL1)			• The motor load is too heavy. • Acceleration and deceleration cycle times are too short. • Value set for the motor rated current is incorrect.	• Check the elevator mechanics. • Check the sequence. • Check the rated current setting.

Source page

Page 44

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 44 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

8 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator AL FLT Possible Cause Corrective Action • Check the load. Drive Overload • The load is too heavy. • Make sure that the drive is big enough to handle the  • The drive is too small. load. (oL2) • Too much torque at low speed. • The overload capability is reduced at low speeds. Reduce the load or increase the drive size. • Make sure the braking resistor and braking chopper • DC bus voltage rose too high. DC Bus • Braking transistor is too small. are working correctly. Overvoltage   • Braking chopper or resistor is broken. • Check motor parameter settings and adjust torque and slip compensation as needed. (ov) • Unstable motor control in OLV. • Make sure that the power supply voltage meets the • Input voltage is too high. drives specifications. F1-03 is set to 0, 1, or 2 and the motor speed exceeded • Check and adjust the speed control loop settings  Over Speed the value of F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09. (C5-). • If an external speed reference signal (analog, etc.) is (oS) F1-03 is set to 3 and the motor speed exceeded the  used make sure the signal is ok. value of F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09. • Check the settings of F1-08 and F1-09. • Check the motor wiring. Input Phase Loss • Input voltage drop or phase imbalance. • Make sure all terminal screws in the drive and motor  • One of the input phases is lost. (PF) are properly tightened. • Drive input wire are loose. • Check the motor and drive capacity. Encoder F1-02 is set to 0, 1, or 2 and no signal is received from Disconnected  the encoder for longer than the time set in F1-14. • Check the encoder wiring and fix it if needed. (for Control Mode • Check the encoder power supply. with Encoder)  F1-02 is set to 3 and no signal is received from the • Check the command sequence. Check if the brake encoder for longer than the time set in F1-14. fully opens before acceleration starts. (PGo) Braking Resistor • The proper braking resistor option has not been • Select the braking resistor option so that fits to the Fault  installed. drives braking transistor specification. • Regenerative converter, regenerative unit, or braking • Disable the braking transistor protection selection (set (rF) unit is being used. L8-55 to 1). Internal Braking • Make sure the braking resistor is connected correctly. Transistor Fault  The internal braking transistor is defective or the • Cycle the power supply. braking resistor is connected wrong. (rr) • Replace the drive if the fault reoccurs. Motor Switch during Run  A motor switch command was entered during run. Change the operation pattern so that the motor switch command is entered while the drive is stopped. (rUn) • Check the insulation resistance. • Check the wiring to the motor. Turn the power supply • The motor has been damaged due to overheating or off and then on again to check operation. IGBT Short the motor insulation is damaged. • Check the drive output side short circuit for broken Circuit  • One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is a output transistor. (SC) grounding problem.  B1 and U/V/W • The drive is damaged.  - (negative) and U/V/W Contact your Yaskawa representative or nearest Yaskawa sales office. Safety Circuit If the problem continues, replace the control board or Fault  The safety circuit is damaged. the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control (SCF) board. Motor Contactor • Make sure the motor contactor really closes. Response Error  The motor contactor response was not input within the • Check the setting of S1-10. time set in S1-10. (SE1) • Check the motor contactor feedback wiring. Starting Current • Check the motor wiring. Error  The output current was lower than 25% of the motor • Check the motor contactor and the contactor no-load current at start. (SE2) sequence. Make sure it closes properly during start. Output Current • Check the motor wiring. Error  The output current was lower than 25% of the motor • Check the motor contactor and the contactor no-load current during operation. (SE3) sequence. Make sure does not open during operation. Brake Response Error  The brake close command was set but he status of the • Make sure the brake works properly. brake feedback signal did not change. • Check the brake feedback input. (SE4) 44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Digital Operator	AL	FLT	Possible Cause	Corrective Action
Drive Overload (oL2)			• The load is too heavy. • The drive is too small. • Too much torque at low speed.	• Check the load. • Make sure that the drive is big enough to handle the load. • The overload capability is reduced at low speeds. Reduce the load or increase the drive size.
DC Bus Overvoltage (ov)			• DC bus voltage rose too high. • Braking transistor is too small. • Braking chopper or resistor is broken. • Unstable motor control in OLV. • Input voltage is too high.	• Make sure the braking resistor and braking chopper are working correctly. • Check motor parameter settings and adjust torque and slip compensation as needed. • Make sure that the power supply voltage meets the drives specifications.
Over Speed (oS)			F1-03 is set to 0, 1, or 2 and the motor speed exceeded the value of F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09.	• Check and adjust the speed control loop settings (C5-). • If an external speed reference signal (analog, etc.) is used make sure the signal is ok. • Check the settings of F1-08 and F1-09.
			F1-03 is set to 3 and the motor speed exceeded the value of F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09.
Input Phase Loss (PF)			• Input voltage drop or phase imbalance. • One of the input phases is lost. • Drive input wire are loose.	• Check the motor wiring. • Make sure all terminal screws in the drive and motor are properly tightened. • Check the motor and drive capacity.
Encoder Disconnected (for Control Mode with Encoder) (PGo)			F1-02 is set to 0, 1, or 2 and no signal is received from the encoder for longer than the time set in F1-14.	• Check the encoder wiring and fix it if needed. • Check the encoder power supply. • Check the command sequence. Check if the brake fully opens before acceleration starts.
			F1-02 is set to 3 and no signal is received from the encoder for longer than the time set in F1-14.
Braking Resistor Fault (rF)			• The proper braking resistor option has not been installed. • Regenerative converter, regenerative unit, or braking unit is being used.	• Select the braking resistor option so that fits to the drives braking transistor specification. • Disable the braking transistor protection selection (set L8-55 to 1).
Internal Braking Transistor Fault (rr)			The internal braking transistor is defective or the braking resistor is connected wrong.	• Make sure the braking resistor is connected correctly. • Cycle the power supply. • Replace the drive if the fault reoccurs.
Motor Switch during Run (rUn)			A motor switch command was entered during run.	Change the operation pattern so that the motor switch command is entered while the drive is stopped.
IGBT Short Circuit (SC)			• The motor has been damaged due to overheating or the motor insulation is damaged. • One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is a grounding problem. • The drive is damaged.	• Check the insulation resistance. • Check the wiring to the motor. Turn the power supply off and then on again to check operation. • Check the drive output side short circuit for broken output transistor.  B1 and U/V/W  - (negative) and U/V/W Contact your Yaskawa representative or nearest Yaskawa sales office.
Safety Circuit Fault (SCF)			The safety circuit is damaged.	If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1)			The motor contactor response was not input within the time set in S1-10.	• Make sure the motor contactor really closes. • Check the setting of S1-10. • Check the motor contactor feedback wiring.
Starting Current Error (SE2)			The output current was lower than 25% of the motor no-load current at start.	• Check the motor wiring. • Check the motor contactor and the contactor sequence. Make sure it closes properly during start.
Output Current Error (SE3)			The output current was lower than 25% of the motor no-load current during operation.	• Check the motor wiring. • Check the motor contactor and the contactor sequence. Make sure does not open during operation.
Brake Response Error (SE4)			The brake close command was set but he status of the brake feedback signal did not change.	• Make sure the brake works properly. • Check the brake feedback input.

Source page

Page 45

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 45 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

8 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator AL FLT Possible Cause Corrective Action • Enter the correct motor code for the PM being used into the E5 parameters. • For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the Test Report Motor Pull Out or • The wrong motor code has been set (Yaskawa motors provided for the motor. Step Out Detection  only). • Reduce the load. • Load is too heavy. (STo) • Increase the motor or drive capacity. • Accel/decel ramp is too short. • Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08). • Increase the jerk setting in C2-02 through C2-05 (decrease if o1-03 > 3). • Check the speed control loop parameters (C5-) Position Lock The motor turned too much out of the target position and adjust if necessary. Error  during position lock operation. • Check the position lock settings (S3-01/S3-02/S3-03). (SvE) • Check the speed feedback signal for noise. • The voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage DC Bus detection level (L2-05). • Check the power supply. Undervoltage   • The power supply failed or one input phase has been • Make sure that the power supply can provide enough (Uv1) lost. voltage. • The power supply is too weak. Control Power Supply The control power supply does not have enough • Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs. Undervoltage  voltage. • Replace the drive if the fault continues to occur. (Uv2) Soft Charge Circuit Fault  The charge circuit for the DC bus is broken. • Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs. • Replace the drive if the fault reoccurs. (Uv3)  Operator Programing Errors An Operator Programming Error ( ) occurs when an inapplicable parameter is set or an individual parameter setting is inappropriate. When an oPE error is displayed, press the ENTER button to display U1-18. Monitor U1-18 will display the parameter that is causing the oPE error. Digital Operator Possible Cause Corrective Action (oPE01) Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match. Set to o2-04 to the correct value. (oPE02) Parameters were set outside the allowable setting range. Set parameters to the proper values. A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-03 through to H1-08. • The same function is assigned to two multi-function inputs. • Excludes “Brake feedback” and “Brake feedback 2.” • Brake Feedback (H1- = 79H) or Brake Feedback 2 (H1- = 5BH) function is assigned to three or more multi-function inputs. • Motor contactor feedback and Motor contactor feedback 2 (56 vs. 5A) are selected simultaneously. One of the multi-function digital input terminals is set as follows with the Brake Response Monitor function enabled • Fix any incorrect settings. (oPE03) (S6-07 = 1). • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details. • If “Brake feedback 1” (H1- = 79H) or “Brake feedback 2” (H1- = 5BH) are not set to any multi-function digital input terminals. • If “Brake feedback 1” (H1- = 79H) is set to only one multi-function digital input terminal. • If “Brake feedback 2” (H1- = 5BH) is set to only one multi-function digital input terminal. • If “Brake feedback 1” (H1- = 79H) and “Brake feedback 2” (H1-= 5BH) are each set to two multi-function digital input terminals. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 45

Digital Operator	AL	FLT	Possible Cause	Corrective Action
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection (STo)			• The wrong motor code has been set (Yaskawa motors only). • Load is too heavy. • Accel/decel ramp is too short.	• Enter the correct motor code for the PM being used into the E5 parameters. • For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the Test Report provided for the motor. • Reduce the load. • Increase the motor or drive capacity. • Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08). • Increase the jerk setting in C2-02 through C2-05 (decrease if o1-03 > 3).
Position Lock Error (SvE)			The motor turned too much out of the target position during position lock operation.	• Check the speed control loop parameters (C5-) and adjust if necessary. • Check the position lock settings (S3-01/S3-02/S3-03). • Check the speed feedback signal for noise.
DC Bus Undervoltage (Uv1)			• The voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05). • The power supply failed or one input phase has been lost. • The power supply is too weak.	• Check the power supply. • Make sure that the power supply can provide enough voltage.
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)			The control power supply does not have enough voltage.	• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs. • Replace the drive if the fault continues to occur.
Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)			The charge circuit for the DC bus is broken.	• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs. • Replace the drive if the fault reoccurs.

Digital Operator	Possible Cause	Corrective Action
(oPE01)	Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.	Set to o2-04 to the correct value.
(oPE02)	Parameters were set outside the allowable setting range.	Set parameters to the proper values.
(oPE03)	A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-03 through to H1-08. • The same function is assigned to two multi-function inputs. • Excludes “Brake feedback” and “Brake feedback 2.” • Brake Feedback (H1- = 79H) or Brake Feedback 2 (H1- = 5BH) function is assigned to three or more multi-function inputs. • Motor contactor feedback and Motor contactor feedback 2 (56 vs. 5A) are selected simultaneously. One of the multi-function digital input terminals is set as follows with the Brake Response Monitor function enabled (S6-07 = 1). • If “Brake feedback 1” (H1- = 79H) or “Brake feedback 2” (H1- = 5BH) are not set to any multi-function digital input terminals. • If “Brake feedback 1” (H1- = 79H) is set to only one multi-function digital input terminal. • If “Brake feedback 2” (H1- = 5BH) is set to only one multi-function digital input terminal. • If “Brake feedback 1” (H1- = 79H) and “Brake feedback 2” (H1-= 5BH) are each set to two multi-function digital input terminals.	• Fix any incorrect settings. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details.

Source page

Page 46

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 46 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

8 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator Possible Cause Corrective Action The source of the Up/Down command or speed reference is • Install the required option card. (oPE05) assigned to option card (b1-01 or b1-02 = 3), but no option • Correct the values set to b1-01 and b1-02. card is installed. A control mode has been selected that requires an encoder to • Connect an encoder. (oPE06) be installed, but no encoder is installed (A1-02 = 3 or 7). • Correct the value set to A1-02. H3-02 and H3-10 are set to the same value (this excludes • Fix any incorrect settings. (oPE07) settings 0 and F). • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details. A function has been set that cannot be used in the control • Fix any incorrect setting. (oPE08) mode selected (this error often appears after the control mode • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details. has been changed). • Check the V/f pattern settings. (oPE10) The V/f pattern setting is incorrect. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details. • Check the elevator parameter settings. (oPE21) Elevator parameter settings are incorrect. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details.  Auto-Tuning Errors Digital Operator Cause Corrective Action Motor Data Error (Er-01) The input motor data are not valid. (e.g. the base frequency Re-enter the data and repeat Auto-Tuning. and base speed do not fit). Alarm • The wiring is faulty. (Er-02) Check the wiring. • Drive was in baseblock condition or the Safe Disable Input were open during Auto-Tuning. STOP Key Pressed (Er-03) Repeat the Auto-Tuning. The STOP key was pressed and Auto-Tuning was canceled. Line-to-Line Resistance Fault • Wrong input data. (Er-04) • Auto tuning exceeded the given time frame. • Calculated values out of range. No-Load Current Error • Check the input data. • Wrong input data. (Er-05) • Check the wiring. • Auto tuning exceeded the given time frame. • Re-enter the data and repeat the Auto-Tuning. • Calculated values out of range. Rated Slip Error • Wrong input data. (Er-08) • Auto tuning exceeded the given time frame. • Calculated values out of range. Acceleration Error • Lengthen the acceleration ramp. Increase C1-01 if set in s, (Er-09) The motor did not accelerate following the specified decrease C1-01 if set in m/s2. acceleration ramp. • Check the torque limits L7-01 and L7-02. • Lengthen the acceleration ramp. Increase C1-01 if set in s, Motor Speed Error (Er-11) decrease C1-01 if set in m/s2. The torque reference was too high. • If possible, disconnect the load. • Check the wiring. Make sure the motor contactor is closed Current Detection Error during tuning. • One or all output phases are lost. • Make sure, that the drive rating fits to the motor. (Er-12) • Current is either too low or exceeds the drives rating. • Check the load. (Auto-Tuning should have been performed • The current sensors are faulty. without the load connected or with very low load.) • Replace the drive. • Check all wiring and correct any mistakes. Leakage Inductance Error • Double check the motor rated current value that was entered (Er-13) Drive was unable to complete tuning for leakage inductance to T1-04 for Auto-Tuning. within 300 s. • Check the motor rated current value written on the motor nameplate and enter the correct value. 46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Digital Operator	Possible Cause	Corrective Action
(oPE05)	The source of the Up/Down command or speed reference is assigned to option card (b1-01 or b1-02 = 3), but no option card is installed.	• Install the required option card. • Correct the values set to b1-01 and b1-02.
(oPE06)	A control mode has been selected that requires an encoder to be installed, but no encoder is installed (A1-02 = 3 or 7).	• Connect an encoder. • Correct the value set to A1-02.
(oPE07)	H3-02 and H3-10 are set to the same value (this excludes settings 0 and F).	• Fix any incorrect settings. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details.
(oPE08)	A function has been set that cannot be used in the control mode selected (this error often appears after the control mode has been changed).	• Fix any incorrect setting. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details.
(oPE10)	The V/f pattern setting is incorrect.	• Check the V/f pattern settings. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details.
(oPE21)	Elevator parameter settings are incorrect.	• Check the elevator parameter settings. • Refer to the Technical Manual for more details.

Digital Operator	Cause	Corrective Action
(Er-01)	Motor Data Error The input motor data are not valid. (e.g. the base frequency and base speed do not fit).	Re-enter the data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
(Er-02)	Alarm • The wiring is faulty. • Drive was in baseblock condition or the Safe Disable Input were open during Auto-Tuning.	Check the wiring.
(Er-03)	STOP Key Pressed The STOP key was pressed and Auto-Tuning was canceled.	Repeat the Auto-Tuning.
(Er-04)	Line-to-Line Resistance Fault • Wrong input data. • Auto tuning exceeded the given time frame. • Calculated values out of range.	• Check the input data. • Check the wiring. • Re-enter the data and repeat the Auto-Tuning.
(Er-05)	No-Load Current Error • Wrong input data. • Auto tuning exceeded the given time frame. • Calculated values out of range.
(Er-08)	Rated Slip Error • Wrong input data. • Auto tuning exceeded the given time frame. • Calculated values out of range.
(Er-09)	Acceleration Error The motor did not accelerate following the specified acceleration ramp.	• Lengthen the acceleration ramp. Increase C1-01 if set in s, decrease C1-01 if set in m/s2. • Check the torque limits L7-01 and L7-02.
(Er-11)	Motor Speed Error The torque reference was too high.	• Lengthen the acceleration ramp. Increase C1-01 if set in s, decrease C1-01 if set in m/s2. • If possible, disconnect the load.
(Er-12)	Current Detection Error • One or all output phases are lost. • Current is either too low or exceeds the drives rating. • The current sensors are faulty.	• Check the wiring. Make sure the motor contactor is closed during tuning. • Make sure, that the drive rating fits to the motor. • Check the load. (Auto-Tuning should have been performed without the load connected or with very low load.) • Replace the drive.
(Er-13)	Leakage Inductance Error Drive was unable to complete tuning for leakage inductance within 300 s.	• Check all wiring and correct any mistakes. • Double check the motor rated current value that was entered to T1-04 for Auto-Tuning. • Check the motor rated current value written on the motor nameplate and enter the correct value.

Source page

Page 47

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 47 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

8 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator Cause Corrective Action Induction Voltage Error (Er-18) The induced voltage constant attempted to set a value outside the allowable setting range. Inductance Error Double check the data that was entered to the T2- (Er-19) The induced voltage constant attempted to set a value to parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again. E5-09 outside the allowable range. Stator Resistance Error (Er-20) Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range. Encoder Offset Compensation Error Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Repeat Motor is coasting when Auto-Tuning is initiated. Auto-Tuning. Either the motor or the encoder on the motor is not properly Check the wiring for the motor and the encoder. Repeat wired. Auto-Tuning. The direction for the encoder is set incorrectly, or the Check the direction setting by F1-05 and b1-14 and number of (Er-21) number of pulses set for the encoder is incorrect. pulses (F1-01) set for the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning. Check the signal output from the encoder attached to the Encoder is damaged. motor. Replace the encoder if damaged. PG-E3 option detected excess position error with the If other possible solutions are not successful, perform ERN1387 encoder. Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics. Initial Rotor Pole Search Error • Perform rotating encoder offset tuning. (Er-22) Initial pole search tuning found that the encoder offset • If a PG-X3 option card with an incremental encoder is used, cannot be tuned without rotating the motor. replace the encoder by an absolute encoder. Non-rotating Encoder Offset Tuning Warning (Er-23) A too large error occurred when the drive attempted to detect Perform rotating encoder offset tuning. the rotor position during non-rotating encoder offset tuning. Excessive V/f Setting • Check the V/f pattern setting. • The torque reference exceeded 20% during Auto-Tuning. (End1) • The calculated no-load current is above 80% of the motor • Perform Auto-Tuning without the load connected. • Check the input data and repeat Auto-Tuning. rated current. Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient • Check the input data. (End2) • Calculated core saturation values out of range. • Check the motor wiring. • Incorrect data was entered. • Perform Auto-Tuning without load connected. (End3) Rated Current Setting Alarm Check the input data and repeat tuning. • Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct. Adjusted Slip Calculation Error (End4) The slip that was calculated is outside the allowable range. • Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning instead. If not possible, try Stationary Auto-Tuning 2. Resistance Tuning Error • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning (End5) The resistance value that was calculated is outside the process. allowable range. • Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults. Leakage Inductance Alarm • Check the setting of parameter A1-02. • A1-02 setting error • Check the control mode and repeat Auto-Tuning. (End6) • The leakage inductance value that was calculated is • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning outside the allowable range. process. No-Load Current Alarm • The entered no-load current value was outside the • Check and correct faulty motor wiring. (End7) allowable range. • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning • Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor rated process. current.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 47

Digital Operator	Cause	Corrective Action
(Er-18)	Induction Voltage Error The induced voltage constant attempted to set a value outside the allowable setting range.	Double check the data that was entered to the T2- parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
(Er-19)	Inductance Error The induced voltage constant attempted to set a value to E5-09 outside the allowable range.
(Er-20)	Stator Resistance Error Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range.
(Er-21)	Encoder Offset Compensation Error Motor is coasting when Auto-Tuning is initiated.	Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
	Either the motor or the encoder on the motor is not properly wired.	Check the wiring for the motor and the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
	The direction for the encoder is set incorrectly, or the number of pulses set for the encoder is incorrect.	Check the direction setting by F1-05 and b1-14 and number of pulses (F1-01) set for the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
	Encoder is damaged.	Check the signal output from the encoder attached to the motor. Replace the encoder if damaged.
	PG-E3 option detected excess position error with the ERN1387 encoder.	If other possible solutions are not successful, perform Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics.
(Er-22)	Initial Rotor Pole Search Error Initial pole search tuning found that the encoder offset cannot be tuned without rotating the motor.	• Perform rotating encoder offset tuning. • If a PG-X3 option card with an incremental encoder is used, replace the encoder by an absolute encoder.
(Er-23)	Non-rotating Encoder Offset Tuning Warning A too large error occurred when the drive attempted to detect the rotor position during non-rotating encoder offset tuning.	Perform rotating encoder offset tuning.
(End1)	Excessive V/f Setting • The torque reference exceeded 20% during Auto-Tuning. • The calculated no-load current is above 80% of the motor rated current.	• Check the V/f pattern setting. • Perform Auto-Tuning without the load connected. • Check the input data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
(End2)	Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient • Calculated core saturation values out of range. • Incorrect data was entered.	• Check the input data. • Check the motor wiring. • Perform Auto-Tuning without load connected.
(End3)	Rated Current Setting Alarm	Check the input data and repeat tuning.
(End4)	Adjusted Slip Calculation Error The slip that was calculated is outside the allowable range.	• Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct. • Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning instead. If not possible, try Stationary Auto-Tuning 2.
(End5)	Resistance Tuning Error The resistance value that was calculated is outside the allowable range.	• Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process. • Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults.
(End6)	Leakage Inductance Alarm • A1-02 setting error • The leakage inductance value that was calculated is outside the allowable range.	• Check the setting of parameter A1-02. • Check the control mode and repeat Auto-Tuning. • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
(End7)	No-Load Current Alarm • The entered no-load current value was outside the allowable range. • Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor rated current.	• Check and correct faulty motor wiring. • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.

Source page

Page 48

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32-33_chap8-14.fm 48 ページ 2021年12月6日月曜日午後12時57分

9 Safe Disable Input Function

This section briefly explains the Safe Disable function and how to use it in an elevator installation. Refer to the Technical Manual or contact Yaskawa for more detailed information.

 Safety Standards

The TUV mark indicates compliance with safety standards. Figure3

Figure 3 TUV mark

 Standard Models (CIMR-LA) Safety Standards Applicable Harmonized Standards IEC/EN 61508 series (SIL2) Functional Safety IEC/EN 61800-5-2 (SIL2) Safety of Machinery ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009 (PL d (Cat.3)) EN 61800-3:2004/A1: 2012 EMC IEC 61800-3:2004/A1: 2011  Models in Compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 (CIMR-LF) Safety Standards Applicable Harmonized Standards IEC/EN 61508 series: 2010 (SIL3) Functional Safety IEC/EN 62061: 2005 (SILCL3) IEC/EN 61800-5-2: 2007 (SIL3) Safety of Machinery ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009 (PL e (Cat.3)) EMC IEC/EN 61326-3-1: 2008 (EMC-related) The Safe Disable function is in compliance with these standards.

 Specifications The Safe Disable circuit consists of two independent hardware input channels that can block the output transistors. It provides a stop function in compliance with “Safe Torque Off” as defined in the IEC/EN 61800-5-2. Safe Disable inputs have been designed to meet the requirements of the ISO/EN 13849-1 and IEC/EN 61508.

• Inputs: 2 Safe Disable inputs H1, H2 Signal ON level: 18 to 28 Vdc Inputs / Outputs Signal OFF level: -4 to 4 Vdc • Output: 1 Safe Disable Monitor output EDM (DM+, DM-) CIMR-LA: less than 1 ms Response Time from Input Open to Drive Output Stop CIMR-LF: less than 3 ms Response Time from Input Open of H1 and H2 CIMR-LA: less than 1 ms Terminals to EDM CIMR-LF: less than 4 ms CIMR-LA: PFD = 5.15E-5 Demand Rate Low CIMR-LF: PFD = 8.14E-6 Failure Probability CIMR-LA: PFH = 1.2E-9 Demand Rate High or Continuous CIMR-LF: PFH = 1.96E-9 The Safe Disable inputs satisfy the following requirements (DC from EDM considered). Performance Level CIMR-LA: Performance Level (PL) d according to ISO/EN 13849-1 CIMR-LF: Performance Level (PL) e according to ISO/EN 13849-1 HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance) N = 1 Classification of Subsystem Type B 48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Safety Standards	Applicable Harmonized Standards
Functional Safety	IEC/EN 61508 series (SIL2)
	IEC/EN 61800-5-2 (SIL2)
Safety of Machinery	ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009 (PL d (Cat.3))
EMC	EN 61800-3:2004/A1: 2012 IEC 61800-3:2004/A1: 2011

Safety Standards	Applicable Harmonized Standards
Functional Safety	IEC/EN 61508 series: 2010 (SIL3)
	IEC/EN 62061: 2005 (SILCL3)
	IEC/EN 61800-5-2: 2007 (SIL3)
Safety of Machinery	ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009 (PL e (Cat.3))
EMC	IEC/EN 61326-3-1: 2008 (EMC-related)

Inputs / Outputs	Column	• Inputs: 2 Safe Disable inputs H1, H2 Signal ON level: 18 to 28 Vdc Signal OFF level: -4 to 4 Vdc • Output: 1 Safe Disable Monitor output EDM (DM+, DM-)
Response Time from Input Open to Drive Output Stop		CIMR-LA: less than 1 ms CIMR-LF: less than 3 ms
Response Time from Input Open of H1 and H2 Terminals to EDM		CIMR-LA: less than 1 ms CIMR-LF: less than 4 ms
Failure Probability	Demand Rate Low	CIMR-LA: PFD = 5.15E-5 CIMR-LF: PFD = 8.14E-6
	Demand Rate High or Continuous	CIMR-LA: PFH = 1.2E-9 CIMR-LF: PFH = 1.96E-9
Performance Level		The Safe Disable inputs satisfy the following requirements (DC from EDM considered). CIMR-LA: Performance Level (PL) d according to ISO/EN 13849-1 CIMR-LF: Performance Level (PL) e according to ISO/EN 13849-1
HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance)		N = 1
Classification of Subsystem		Type B

Source page

Page 49

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 49 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

9 Safe Disable Input Function

 Precautions

DANGER! Sudden Movement Hazard. Improper use of the Safe Disable function can result in serious injury or even death. Make sure the entire system or machinery uses the Safe Disable function in compliance with safety requirements. When implementing the Safe Disable function into the safety system of a machine, a thorough risk assessment and validation for the whole system must be carried out to ensure it complies with relevant safety norms (e.g., ISO/EN 13849, IEC/EN 61508, IEC/EN 62061). DANGER! Sudden Movement Hazard. When using a PM motor, even if the drive output is shut off by the Safe Disable function, a break down of two output transistors can cause current to flow through the motor winding, resulting in a rotor movement for a maximum angle of 180 degree (electrically). Ensure this condition will not affect the safety of the application when using the Safe Disable function. This is not a concern with induction motors. DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. The Safe Disable function can switch off the drive output, but does not cut the drive power supply and cannot electrically isolate the drive output from the input. Always shut off the drive power supply when performing maintenance or installations on the drive input side as well as the drive output side. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If the motor is subjected to an external force, use a mechanical brake that meets the safety requirements of entire system or machinery to stop the machine connected to the load. The motor will move when an external gravitational force in the vertical axis is applied even if the Safety Disable function is in operation. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Connect the Safe Disable inputs to the devices in compliance with safety requirements. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When using the Safe Disable inputs, make sure to remove the wire links between terminals H1, H2, and HC that were installed prior to shipment. Failing to do so will keep the Safe Disable circuit from operating properly and can cause injury or even death. WARNING! All safety features (including Safe Disable) should be inspected periodically. If the system is not operating normally, there is a risk of serious personal injury. WARNING! Only a qualified technician with a thorough understanding of the drive, the instruction manual, and safety standards should be permitted to wire, inspect, and maintain the Safe Disable input. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death. WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The logic of terminals DM+/DM- is inverted between drive models CIMR-LA and CIMRLF. Check all wiring to ensure that the sequence is correct after installing the drive and connecting any other devices. Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury. NOTICE: From the moment terminal inputs H1 and H2 have opened, it takes up to 1 ms for the drive output of models CIMR-LA to shut off completely, or up to 3 ms for the drive output of models CIMR-LF to shut off completely. The sequence set up to trigger terminals H1 and H2 should confirm that both terminals remain open for at least 1 ms in order to properly interrupt the drive output of models CIMR-LA, or for at least 3 ms in order to properly interrupt the drive output of models CIMR-LF. This may result in the Safe Disable Input not activating. NOTICE: The Safe Disable Monitor (output terminals DM+ and DM-) should not be used for any other purpose than to monitor the Safe Disable status or to discover a malfunction in the Safe Disable inputs. The monitor output is not considered a safe output. NOTICE: When utilizing the Safe Disable function, use only the EMC filters recommended in EMC Filter Installation on page 14. NOTICE: Performance Level d can only be achieved if the EDM output is used like shown in the example below. Safety switch L1000A Drive S2 Safe Disable inputs H1 S1 H2 Open Safety relay / controller HC DM++ DM−− EDM (Safety Electronic Device Monitor)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 49

Source page

Page 50

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 50 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

9 Safe Disable Input Function

 Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Digital Operator Display

The table below explains the drive output and Safe Disable monitor state depending on the Safe Disable inputs.

Safe Disable Input Safe Disable Safe Disable Digital Monitor Drive Model Monitor Drive Output Operator Input 1, H1-HC Input 2, H2-HC EDM (H2- = 58) Display (DM+, DM-) Off Off Off On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” Hbb (flashes) On Off On On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” HbbF (flashes) CIMR-LA Off On On On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” HbbF (flashes) On On On Off Baseblock, ready for operation Normal display Off Off On On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” Hbb (flashes) On Off Off On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” HbbF (flashes) CIMR-LF Off On Off On Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” HbbF (flashes) On On Off Off Baseblock, ready for operation Normal display If a fault in the safety circuit of the drive is detected, “SCF” will be displayed in the LCD operator. This indicates damage to the drive. Refer to General Fault and Alarms on page 42 for details.  Validating Safe Disable Function When you start-up, replace parts or conduct maintenance, you must always perform the following validation test on the safe disable inputs after completing the wiring. (Check results should be maintained as a record of tests performed.) • When the H1 and H2 signals turn OFF, confirm that “Hbb” is displayed on the LCD operator, and that the motor is not in operation. • Monitor the ON/OFF status of the H1 and H2 signals and confirm the EDM signal by referring to the table above. If the ON/OFF status of the signals do not coincide with the display, the following must be considered: an error in the external device, disconnection of the external wiring, short circuit in the external wiring, or a failure in the drive. Find the cause and correct the problem. • In normal operation, confirm the EDM signal by referring to the table above.

50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Drive Model	Safe Disable Input	Column	Safe Disable Monitor EDM (DM+, DM-)	Safe Disable Monitor (H2- = 58)	Drive Output	Digital Operator Display
	Input 1, H1-HC	Input 2, H2-HC
CIMR-LA	Off	Off	Off	On	Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off”	Hbb (flashes)
	On	Off	On	On	Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off”	HbbF (flashes)
	Off	On	On	On	Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off”	HbbF (flashes)
	On	On	On	Off	Baseblock, ready for operation	Normal display
CIMR-LF	Off	Off	On	On	Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off”	Hbb (flashes)
	On	Off	Off	On	Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off”	HbbF (flashes)
	Off	On	Off	On	Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off”	HbbF (flashes)
	On	On	Off	Off	Baseblock, ready for operation	Normal display

Source page

Page 51

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 51 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

10 EN81-1/20 Conform Circuit with one Motor Contactor

 Installation The safe disable circuit can be utilized to install the drive models CIMR-L in an elevator system using only one motor contactor instead of two. In such a system the following guidelines must be followed to comply with EN81-1 or EN81-20:

• The circuit must be designed so that the inputs H1 and H2 are opened and the drive output shuts off when the safety chain is interrupted. • A drive digital output must be programmed as Safe Disable Status (H2- = 58). This feedback signal must be implemented in the contactor supervision circuit of the controller that prevents a restart in case of a fault in the Safe Disable circuit or the motor contactor. • All contactors and wiring must be selected and installed in compliance with EN81-1 or EN81-20. • The safe disable inputs H1 and H2 must be used to enable/disable the drive. The input logic must be set to Source Mode, i.e. jumper S3 must be set like shown below. Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Jumper S3 Jumper S3 External 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc HC HC H1 H1 H2 H2

The figure below shows a wiring example.

Safety Chain Circuit Elevator Controller

Contactor Close Contactor Check Command (Restart Permission)

K01

24 Vdc K1

H1 H2 HC Up/Down; Speed selection; ...

Safe Disable Monitor (H2-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 58) Yaskawa CIMR-L(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3) K2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 51

Drive Internal Power Supply	External 24 Vdc Power Supply
Jumper S3 24 Vdc HC H1 H2	Jumper S3 External 24 Vdc 24 Vdc HC H1 H2

Source page

Page 52

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 52 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

11 EN81-20 Conform Circuit with No Motor Contactor

 Installation The safe disable circuit can be utilized to install the drive models CIMR-L F in an elevator system with no motor contactor. In such a system, the following guidelines must be followed to comply with EN81-20:

• The circuit must be designed so that the inputs H1 or H2 are opened and the drive output shuts off when the safety chain is interrupted. • The safe disable inputs H1 and H2 must be used to enable/disable the drive. The input logic must be set to Source Mode, i.e. jumper S3 must be set like shown below. Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply Jumper S3 Jumper S3 External 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc HC HC

H1 H1 H2 H2

The figure below shows a wiring example.

Safety Chain Circuit Elevator Controller Drive Ready Command Status Monitor

K01 24 Vdc K1

Drive H2 H1 HC Up/Down; Speed selection; ... Safe Disable Monitor (H2-(cid:3)(cid:3) = 58) Yaskawa CIMR-L(cid:3)(cid:3)F(cid:3) M

Note: 1. The drive output will immediately shut off when either of the inputs H1 or H2 is opened. In this case the brake should apply immediately in order to prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator. 2. Terminals H1 or H2 must be closed prior to setting the Up/Down command. 3. A drive digital output must be programmed as Safe Disable feedback (H2- = 58). This feedback signal can be implemented in the contactor supervision circuit of the controller that monitors a fault in the Safe Disable circuit.

52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Drive Internal Power Supply	External 24 Vdc Power Supply
Jumper S3 24 Vdc HC H1 H2	Jumper S3 External 24 Vdc 24 Vdc HC H1 H2

Source page

Page 53

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 53 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

 Precautions for UL/cUL Standards Compliance The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to receive UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.

This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. To ensure continued compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment, meet the following conditions:  Installation Area

Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution degree 2 (UL standard).

 Ambient Temperature

IP20 enclosure: -10 to +50°C  Main Circuit Terminal Wiring

Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL/cUL approval requires the use of UL Listed closed-loop crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models CIMR-L20085 to 20415 and 40045 to 40216. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.

The wire gauges listed in the tables below are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to local codes for proper wire gauge selections. Three-Phase 200 V Class

Model CIMR-L	Terminal	For Europe and China<1>	Column	For Asia<2>	Column	For U.S.A<3>	Column	Screw Size	Tightening Torque Nm (lb.in.)
		Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge AWG, kcmil	Applicable Gauge AWG, kcmil
20008 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	14	14 to 10	M4	1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	14	14 to 10
	-, +1, +2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
	B1, B2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
		2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	10	14 to 10
20011 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	12	14 to 10	M4	1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	14	14 to 10
	-, +1, +2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
	B1, B2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
		2.5	2.5 to 6	3.5	2 to 5.5	10	14 to 10
20018 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	4	2.5 to 6	5.5	3.5 to 5.5	10	12 to 10	M4	1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	2.5	2.5 to 6	3.5	3.5 to 5.5	10	12 to 10
	-, +1, +2	-	4 to 6	5.5	3.5 to 5.5	-	12 to 10
	B1, B2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
		4	4 to 6	3.5	3.5 to 5.5	10	12 to 10

Source page

Page 54

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 54 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

For Europe and China<1> For Asia<2> For U.S.A<3> Tightening Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw Torque CIMR-L Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nm (lb.in.) mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil R/L1, S/L2, 6 4 to 16 14 5.5 to 14 8 10 to 6 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 2.1 to 2.3 6 4 to 16 8 5.5 to 14 8 10 to 6 M4 20025 W/T3 (18.6 to 20.4) <4> -, +1, +2 - 6 to 16 14 5.5 to 14 - 10 to 6 B1, B2 - 4 to 6 3.5 2 to 5.5 - 14 to 10 2.0 to 2.5 6 6 to 10 5.5 5.5 to 8 8 10 to 8 M5 (17.7 to 22.1) R/L1, S/L2, 10 6 to 16 14 14 6 8 to 6 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 10 6 to 16 14 8 to 14 8 8 to 6 M4 2.1 to 2.3 20033 W/T3 (18.6 to 20.4) <4> -, +1, +2 - 16 14 14 - 6 B1, B2 - 4 to 6 5.5 3.5 to 5.5 - 12 to 10 2.0 to 2.5 10 6 to 10 5.5 5.5 to 8 8 10 to 8 M5 (17.7 to 22.1) R/L1, S/L2, 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 4 6 to 4 T/L3 5.4 to 6.0 U/T1, V/T2, M6 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 4 6 to 4 (47.8 to 53.1) W/T3 20047 -, +1, +2 - 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 - 6 to 4 2.7 to 3.0 B1, B2 - 6 to 10 14 5.5 to 14 - 10 to 6 M5 (23.9 to 26.6) 5.4 to 6.0 16 10 to 16 8 8 to 14 6 8 to 6 M6 (47.8 to 53.1) R/L1, S/L2, 25 16 to 25 30 22 to 30 3 4 to 3 T/L3 9.9 to 11.0 U/T1, V/T2, M8 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 30 3 4 to 3 (87.6 to 97.4) W/T3 20060 -, +1, +2 - 25 30 22 to 30 - 4 to 3 2.7 to 3.0 B1, B2 - 10 to 16 14 8 to 14 - 8 to 6 M5 (23.9 to 26.6) 5.4 to 6.0 16 16 to 25 8 8 to 22 6 6 to 4 M6 (47.8 to 53.1) R/L1, S/L2, 35 25 to 35 38 30 to 38 2 3 to 2 T/L3 9.9 to 11.0 U/T1, V/T2, M8 25 25 to 35 30 22 to 38 2 3 to 2 (87.6 to 97.4) W/T3 20075 -, +1, +2 - 25 to 35 38 30 to 38 - 3 to 2 2.7 to 3.0 B1, B2 - 16 14 14 - 6 M5 (23.9 to 26.6) 5.4 to 6.0 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 6 to 4 M6 (47.8 to 53.1) R/L1, S/L2, 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 1/0 3 to 1/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 20085 W/T3 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 1/0 3 to 1/0 M8 9 to 11 <5> -, +1 - 35 to 50 60 38 to 60 - 2 to 1/0 (79.7 to 97.4) B1, B2 - 16 to 50 22 14 to 50 - 6 to 1/0 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 38 6 6 to 4 R/L1, S/L2, 50 35 to 70 60 50 to 60 2/0 1 to 2/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 50 35 to 70 60 50 to 60 2/0 1 to 2/0 M10 18 to 23 20115 W/T3 (159 to 204) <5> -, +1 - 50 to 70 80 60 to 80 - 1/0 to 3/0 B1, B2 - 25 to 70 30 22 to 60 - 4 to 2/0 9 to 11 25 25 22 22 to 38 4 4 M8 (79.7 to 97.4) 54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Model CIMR-L	Terminal	For Europe and China<1>	Column	For Asia<2>	Column	For U.S.A<3>	Column	Screw Size	Tightening Torque Nm (lb.in.)
		Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge AWG, kcmil	Applicable Gauge AWG, kcmil
20025 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	6	4 to 16	14	5.5 to 14	8	10 to 6	M4	2.1 to 2.3 (18.6 to 20.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	6	4 to 16	8	5.5 to 14	8	10 to 6
	-, +1, +2	-	6 to 16	14	5.5 to 14	-	10 to 6
	B1, B2	-	4 to 6	3.5	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
		6	6 to 10	5.5	5.5 to 8	8	10 to 8	M5	2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
20033 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	10	6 to 16	14	14	6	8 to 6	M4	2.1 to 2.3 (18.6 to 20.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	10	6 to 16	14	8 to 14	8	8 to 6
	-, +1, +2	-	16	14	14	-	6
	B1, B2	-	4 to 6	5.5	3.5 to 5.5	-	12 to 10
		10	6 to 10	5.5	5.5 to 8	8	10 to 8	M5	2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
20047	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	16	16 to 25	22	14 to 22	4	6 to 4	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	16	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	4	6 to 4
	-, +1, +2	-	16 to 25	22	14 to 22	-	6 to 4
	B1, B2	-	6 to 10	14	5.5 to 14	-	10 to 6	M5	2.7 to 3.0 (23.9 to 26.6)
		16	10 to 16	8	8 to 14	6	8 to 6	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
20060	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	25	16 to 25	30	22 to 30	3	4 to 3	M8	9.9 to 11.0 (87.6 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	16	16 to 25	22	14 to 30	3	4 to 3
	-, +1, +2	-	25	30	22 to 30	-	4 to 3
	B1, B2	-	10 to 16	14	8 to 14	-	8 to 6	M5	2.7 to 3.0 (23.9 to 26.6)
		16	16 to 25	8	8 to 22	6	6 to 4	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
20075	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	35	25 to 35	38	30 to 38	2	3 to 2	M8	9.9 to 11.0 (87.6 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	25	25 to 35	30	22 to 38	2	3 to 2
	-, +1, +2	-	25 to 35	38	30 to 38	-	3 to 2
	B1, B2	-	16	14	14	-	6	M5	2.7 to 3.0 (23.9 to 26.6)
		16	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	6	6 to 4	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
20085 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	35	25 to 50	38	30 to 50	1/0	3 to 1/0	M8	9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	35	25 to 50	38	30 to 50	1/0	3 to 1/0
	-, +1	-	35 to 50	60	38 to 60	-	2 to 1/0
	B1, B2	-	16 to 50	22	14 to 50	-	6 to 1/0
		16	16 to 25	14	14 to 38	6	6 to 4
20115 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	50	35 to 70	60	50 to 60	2/0	1 to 2/0	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	50	35 to 70	60	50 to 60	2/0	1 to 2/0
	-, +1	-	50 to 70	80	60 to 80	-	1/0 to 3/0
	B1, B2	-	25 to 70	30	22 to 60	-	4 to 2/0
		25	25	22	22 to 38	4	4	M8	9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)

Source page

Page 55

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 55 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

For Europe and China<1> For Asia<2> For U.S.A<3> Tightening Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw Torque CIMR-L Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nm (lb.in.) mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil R/L1, S/L2, 70 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 4/0 2/0 to 4/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 70 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 4/0 3/0 to 4/0 18 to 23 20145 W/T3 (159 to 204) <5> -, +1 - 35 to 95 50 × 2P 50 to 100 - 1 to 4/0 M10 +3 - 50 to 95 60 50 to 100 - 1/0 to 4/0 9 to 11 35 25 to 35 22 22 to 60 4 4 to 2 (79.7 to 97.4) R/L1, S/L2, 95 70 to 95 100 80 to 100 1/0 × 2P 1/0 to 2/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 95 70 to 95 50 × 2P 50 to 60 1/0 × 2P 1/0 to 2/0 18 to 23 20180 W/T3 (159 to 204) <5> -, +1 - 35 to 95 50 × 2P 50 to 100 - 1 to 4/0 M10 +3 - 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 - 1/0 to 4/0 9 to 11 50 25 to 50 22 22 to 60 4 4 to 1/0 (79.7 to 97.4) R/L1, S/L2, 95 × 2P 95 to 150 80 × 2P 38 to 150 3/0 × 2P 3/0 to 300 T/L3 32 to 40 U/T1, V/T2, 95 × 2P 95 to 150 80 × 2P 38 to 150 3/0 × 2P 3/0 to 300 M12 (283 to 354) W/T3 20215 -, +1 - 70 to 150 80 × 2P 80 to 150 - 3/0 to 300 <5> +3 - 35 to 150 80 × 2P 30 to 150 - 2 to 300 M10 18 to 23 (159 to 204) 32 to 40 95 95 to 150 22 22 to 150 3 3 to 300 M12 (283 to 354) R/L1, S/L2, 95 × 2P 95 to 150 80 × 2P 70 to 150 4/0 × 2P 3/0 to 300 T/L3 32 to 40 U/T1, V/T2, 95 × 2P 95 to 150 80 × 2P 70 to 200 3/0 × 2P 3/0 to 300 M12 (283 to 354) W/T3 20283 -, +1 - 70 to 150 150 × 2P 80 to 150 - 3/0 to 300 <5> +3 - 70 to 150 80 × 2P 80 to 150 - 3/0 to 300 M10 18 to 23 (159 to 204) 32 to 40 95 95 to 150 38 38 to 150 2 2 to 300 M12 (283 to 354) R/L1, S/L2, 240 95 to 300 100 × 2P 80 to 325 250 × 2P 4/0 to 600 T/L3 32 to 40 U/T1, V/T2, 240 95 to 300 100 × 2P 80 to 325 4/0 × 2P 4/0 to 600 M12 (283 to 354) W/T3 20346 -, +1 - 125 to 300 150 × 2P 125 to 325 - 250 to 600 <5> +3 - 70 to 300 80 × 2P 80 to 325 - 3/0 to 600 M10 18 to 23 (159 to 204) 32 to 40 120 120 to 240 38 38 to 200 1 1 to 350 M12 (283 to 354) R/L1, S/L2, 120 × 2P 95 to 300 125 × 2P 100 to 325 350 × 2P 250 to 600 T/L3 32 to 40 U/T1, V/T2, 300 95 to 300 125 × 2P 125 to 325 300 × 2P 300 to 600 M12 (283 to 354) W/T3 20415 -, +1 - 150 to 300 200 × 2P 150 to 325 - 300 to 600 <5> +3 - 70 to 300 100 × 2P 80 to 325 - 3/0 to 600 M10 18 to 23 (159 to 204) 32 to 40 120 120 to 240 60 60 to 200 1 1 to 350 M12 (283 to 354) <1> Gauges listed here are for use in Europe and China. <2> Gauges listed here are for use in Asia except for China. <3> Gauges listed here are for use in the United States. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 55

Model CIMR-L	Terminal	For Europe and China<1>	Column	For Asia<2>	Column	For U.S.A<3>	Column	Screw Size	Tightening Torque Nm (lb.in.)
		Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge AWG, kcmil	Applicable Gauge AWG, kcmil
20145 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	70	50 to 95	80	60 to 100	4/0	2/0 to 4/0	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	70	50 to 95	80	60 to 100	4/0	3/0 to 4/0
	-, +1	-	35 to 95	50 × 2P	50 to 100	-	1 to 4/0
	+3	-	50 to 95	60	50 to 100	-	1/0 to 4/0
		35	25 to 35	22	22 to 60	4	4 to 2		9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
20180 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	95	70 to 95	100	80 to 100	1/0 × 2P	1/0 to 2/0	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	95	70 to 95	50 × 2P	50 to 60	1/0 × 2P	1/0 to 2/0
	-, +1	-	35 to 95	50 × 2P	50 to 100	-	1 to 4/0
	+3	-	50 to 95	80	60 to 100	-	1/0 to 4/0
		50	25 to 50	22	22 to 60	4	4 to 1/0		9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
20215 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	95 × 2P	95 to 150	80 × 2P	38 to 150	3/0 × 2P	3/0 to 300	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	95 × 2P	95 to 150	80 × 2P	38 to 150	3/0 × 2P	3/0 to 300
	-, +1	-	70 to 150	80 × 2P	80 to 150	-	3/0 to 300
	+3	-	35 to 150	80 × 2P	30 to 150	-	2 to 300	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
		95	95 to 150	22	22 to 150	3	3 to 300	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
20283 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	95 × 2P	95 to 150	80 × 2P	70 to 150	4/0 × 2P	3/0 to 300	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	95 × 2P	95 to 150	80 × 2P	70 to 200	3/0 × 2P	3/0 to 300
	-, +1	-	70 to 150	150 × 2P	80 to 150	-	3/0 to 300
	+3	-	70 to 150	80 × 2P	80 to 150	-	3/0 to 300	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
		95	95 to 150	38	38 to 150	2	2 to 300	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
20346 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	240	95 to 300	100 × 2P	80 to 325	250 × 2P	4/0 to 600	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	240	95 to 300	100 × 2P	80 to 325	4/0 × 2P	4/0 to 600
	-, +1	-	125 to 300	150 × 2P	125 to 325	-	250 to 600
	+3	-	70 to 300	80 × 2P	80 to 325	-	3/0 to 600	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
		120	120 to 240	38	38 to 200	1	1 to 350	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
20415 <5>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	120 × 2P	95 to 300	125 × 2P	100 to 325	350 × 2P	250 to 600	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	300	95 to 300	125 × 2P	125 to 325	300 × 2P	300 to 600
	-, +1	-	150 to 300	200 × 2P	150 to 325	-	300 to 600
	+3	-	70 to 300	100 × 2P	80 to 325	-	3/0 to 600	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
		120	120 to 240	60	60 to 200	1	1 to 350	M12	32 to 40 (283 to 354)

Source page

Page 56

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 56 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

<4> When an EMC filter is installed, additional measures must be taken in order to comply with IEC/EN 61800-5-1. <5> Drive models CIMR-L20085 to 40415 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping. Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated tubing for wiring these connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable temperature of 75°C 600 V UL approved vinyl sheathed insulation. Ambient temperature should not exceed 40°C. Three-Phase 400 V Class

For Europe and China<1> For Asia<2> For U.S.A<3> Tightening Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw Torque CIMR-L Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nm (lb.in.) mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil R/L1, S/L2, 2.5 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 14 14 to 10 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40005 W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 14 14 to 10 M4 1.2 to 1.5 40006 (10.6 to 13.3) -, +1, +2 - 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 - 14 to 10 B1, B2 - 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 - 14 to 10 2.5 2.5 to 6 3.5 2 to 5.5 10 14 to 10 R/L1, S/L2, 2.5 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 12 14 to 10 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40009 W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 14 14 to 10 M4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3) -, +1, +2 - 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 - 14 to 10 B1, B2 - 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 - 14 to 10 2.5 2.5 to 6 3.5 2 to 5.5 10 14 to 10 R/L1, S/L2, 2.5 2.5 to 16 3.5 2 to 14 10 12 to 6 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 2.1 to 2.3 2.5 2.5 to 16 3.5 2 to 14 10 12 to 6 M4 W/T3 (18.6 to 20.4) 40015 -, +1, +2 - 4 to 16 3.5 2 to 14 - 12 to 6 B1, B2 - 4 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 - 12 to 10 2.0 to 2.5 2.5 2.5 to 6 3.5 2 to 5.5 10 14 to 10 M5 (17.7 to 22.1) R/L1, S/L2, 4 2.5 to 16 5.5 3.5 to 14 10 10 to 6 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 4 2.5 to 16 5.5 3.5 to 14 10 10 to 6 M4 2.1 to 2.3 W/T3 (18.6 to 20.4) 40018 -, +1, +2 - 4 to 16 5.5 3.5 to 14 - 12 to 6 B1, B2 - 4 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 - 12 to 10 2.0 to 2.5 4 4 to 6 3.5 3.5 to 5.5 10 12 to 10 M5 (17.7 to 22.1) R/L1, S/L2, 6 6 to 16 14 5.5 to 14 8 8 to 6 T/L3 3.6 to 4.0 U/T1, V/T2, M5 6 6 to 16 8 5.5 to 8 8 10 to 6 (31.8 to 35.4) W/T3 40024 -, +1, +2 - 6 to 16 14 5.5 to 14 - 10 to 6 2.7 to 3.0 B1, B2 - 6 to 10 3.5 2 to 8 - 10 to 8 M5 (23.9 to 26.6) 5.4 to 6.0 6 6 to 10 5.5 5.5 to 8 8 10 to 8 M6 (47.8 to 53.1) R/L1, S/L2, 10 10 to 16 14 14 6 8 to 6 T/L3 3.6 to 4.0 U/T1, V/T2, M5 6 6 to 16 14 8 to 14 8 8 to 6 (31.8 to 35.4) W/T3 40031 -, +1, +2 - 6 to 16 14 14 - 6 2.7 to 3.0 B1, B2 - 6 to 10 5.5 3.5 to 8 - 10 to 8 M5 (23.9 to 26.6) 5.4 to 6.0 10 6 to 16 8 5.5 to 14 6 10 to 6 M6 (47.8 to 53.1) 56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Model CIMR-L	Terminal	For Europe and China<1>	Column	For Asia<2>	Column	For U.S.A<3>	Column	Screw Size	Tightening Torque Nm (lb.in.)
		Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge AWG, kcmil	Applicable Gauge AWG, kcmil
40005 40006	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	14	14 to 10	M4	1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	14	14 to 10
	-, +1, +2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
	B1, B2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
		2.5	2.5 to 6	3.5	2 to 5.5	10	14 to 10
40009	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	12	14 to 10	M4	1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	2.5	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	14	14 to 10
	-, +1, +2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
	B1, B2	-	2.5 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	14 to 10
		2.5	2.5 to 6	3.5	2 to 5.5	10	14 to 10
40015	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	2.5	2.5 to 16	3.5	2 to 14	10	12 to 6	M4	2.1 to 2.3 (18.6 to 20.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	2.5	2.5 to 16	3.5	2 to 14	10	12 to 6
	-, +1, +2	-	4 to 16	3.5	2 to 14	-	12 to 6
	B1, B2	-	4 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	12 to 10
		2.5	2.5 to 6	3.5	2 to 5.5	10	14 to 10	M5	2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
40018	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	4	2.5 to 16	5.5	3.5 to 14	10	10 to 6	M4	2.1 to 2.3 (18.6 to 20.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	4	2.5 to 16	5.5	3.5 to 14	10	10 to 6
	-, +1, +2	-	4 to 16	5.5	3.5 to 14	-	12 to 6
	B1, B2	-	4 to 6	2	2 to 5.5	-	12 to 10
		4	4 to 6	3.5	3.5 to 5.5	10	12 to 10	M5	2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
40024	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	6	6 to 16	14	5.5 to 14	8	8 to 6	M5	3.6 to 4.0 (31.8 to 35.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	6	6 to 16	8	5.5 to 8	8	10 to 6
	-, +1, +2	-	6 to 16	14	5.5 to 14	-	10 to 6
	B1, B2	-	6 to 10	3.5	2 to 8	-	10 to 8	M5	2.7 to 3.0 (23.9 to 26.6)
		6	6 to 10	5.5	5.5 to 8	8	10 to 8	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
40031	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	10	10 to 16	14	14	6	8 to 6	M5	3.6 to 4.0 (31.8 to 35.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	6	6 to 16	14	8 to 14	8	8 to 6
	-, +1, +2	-	6 to 16	14	14	-	6
	B1, B2	-	6 to 10	5.5	3.5 to 8	-	10 to 8	M5	2.7 to 3.0 (23.9 to 26.6)
		10	6 to 16	8	5.5 to 14	6	10 to 6	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)

Source page

Page 57

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 57 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

For Europe and China<1> For Asia<2> For U.S.A<3> Tightening Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw Torque CIMR-L Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nm (lb.in.) mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil R/L1, S/L2, 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 6 to 4 T/L3 5.4 to 6.0 U/T1, V/T2, M6 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 6 to 4 (47.8 to 53.1) W/T3 40039 -, +1, +2 - 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 - 6 to 4 2.7 to 3.0 B1, B2 - 6 to 10 8 5.5 to 8 - 10 to 8 M5 (23.9 to 26.6) 5.4 to 6.0 16 10 to 16 8 8 to 14 6 8 to 6 M6 (47.8 to 53.1) R/L1, S/L2, 16 10 to 16 14 14 4 6 to 4 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40045 W/T3 16 10 to 16 14 14 4 6 to 4 M8 9 to 11 <4> -, +1 - 16 to 35 22 14 to 38 - 6 to 1 (79.7 to 97.4) B1, B2 - 10 to 16 14 8 to 14 - 8 to 4 16 10 to 16 8 8 to 14 6 8 to 6 R/L1, S/L2, 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 3 4 to 3 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40060 W/T3 25 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 3 4 to 3 M8 9 to 11 <4> -, +1 - 25 to 35 30 22 to 38 - 4 to 1 (79.7 to 97.4) B1, B2 - 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 - 6 to 3 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 6 R/L1, S/L2, 25 16 to 50 30 22 to 60 2 3 to 1/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40075 W/T3 25 25 to 50 30 22 to 60 2 3 to 1/0 M8 9 to 11 <4> -, +1 - 25 to 50 38 30 to 60 - 3 to 1/0 (79.7 to 97.4) +3 - 16 to 50 22 14 to 60 - 6 to 1/0 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 4 6 to 4 R/L1, S/L2, 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 60 1/0 2 to 1/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40091 W/T3 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 60 1 2 to 1/0 M8 9 to 11 <4> -, +1 - 25 to 50 60 30 to 60 - 3 to 1/0 (79.7 to 97.4) +3 - 25 to 50 30 22 to 60 - 4 to 1/0 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 4 6 to 4 R/L1, S/L2, 50 35 to 95 60 38 to 100 3/0 1/0 to 4/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40112 W/T3 50 35 to 95 60 60 to 100 2/0 1/0 to 4/0 M10 18 to 23 <4> -, +1 - 50 to 95 100 60 to 100 - 1/0 to 4/0 (159 to 204) +3 - 25 to 95 50 30 to 100 - 3 to 4/0 25 25 22 22 4 4 R/L1, S/L2, 70 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 4/0 3/0 to 4/0 T/L3 U/T1, V/T2, 40150 W/T3 70 70 to 95 80 80 to 100 4/0 3/0 to 4/0 M10 18 to 23 <4> -, +1 - 35 to 95 50 × 2P 50 to 100 - 1 to 4/0 (159 to 204) +3 - 50 to 95 60 50 to 100 - 1/0 to 4/0 35 25 to 35 22 22 to 30 4 4 to 2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 57

Model CIMR-L	Terminal	For Europe and China<1>	Column	For Asia<2>	Column	For U.S.A<3>	Column	Screw Size	Tightening Torque Nm (lb.in.)
		Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge AWG, kcmil	Applicable Gauge AWG, kcmil
40039	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	16	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	6	6 to 4	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	16	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	6	6 to 4
	-, +1, +2	-	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	-	6 to 4
	B1, B2	-	6 to 10	8	5.5 to 8	-	10 to 8	M5	2.7 to 3.0 (23.9 to 26.6)
		16	10 to 16	8	8 to 14	6	8 to 6	M6	5.4 to 6.0 (47.8 to 53.1)
40045 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	16	10 to 16	14	14	4	6 to 4	M8	9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	16	10 to 16	14	14	4	6 to 4
	-, +1	-	16 to 35	22	14 to 38	-	6 to 1
	B1, B2	-	10 to 16	14	8 to 14	-	8 to 4
		16	10 to 16	8	8 to 14	6	8 to 6
40060 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	16	16 to 25	22	14 to 22	3	4 to 3	M8	9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	25	16 to 25	22	14 to 22	3	4 to 3
	-, +1	-	25 to 35	30	22 to 38	-	4 to 1
	B1, B2	-	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	-	6 to 3
		16	16 to 25	14	14 to 22	6	6
40075 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	25	16 to 50	30	22 to 60	2	3 to 1/0	M8	9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	25	25 to 50	30	22 to 60	2	3 to 1/0
	-, +1	-	25 to 50	38	30 to 60	-	3 to 1/0
	+3	-	16 to 50	22	14 to 60	-	6 to 1/0
		16	16 to 25	22	14 to 22	4	6 to 4
40091 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	35	25 to 50	38	30 to 60	1/0	2 to 1/0	M8	9 to 11 (79.7 to 97.4)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	35	25 to 50	38	30 to 60	1	2 to 1/0
	-, +1	-	25 to 50	60	30 to 60	-	3 to 1/0
	+3	-	25 to 50	30	22 to 60	-	4 to 1/0
		16	16 to 25	22	14 to 22	4	6 to 4
40112 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	50	35 to 95	60	38 to 100	3/0	1/0 to 4/0	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	50	35 to 95	60	60 to 100	2/0	1/0 to 4/0
	-, +1	-	50 to 95	100	60 to 100	-	1/0 to 4/0
	+3	-	25 to 95	50	30 to 100	-	3 to 4/0
		25	25	22	22	4	4
40150 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	70	50 to 95	80	60 to 100	4/0	3/0 to 4/0	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	70	70 to 95	80	80 to 100	4/0	3/0 to 4/0
	-, +1	-	35 to 95	50 × 2P	50 to 100	-	1 to 4/0
	+3	-	50 to 95	60	50 to 100	-	1/0 to 4/0
		35	25 to 35	22	22 to 30	4	4 to 2

Source page

Page 58

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 58 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Model CIMR-L	Terminal	For Europe and China<1>	Column	For Asia<2>	Column	For U.S.A<3>	Column	Screw Size	Tightening Torque Nm (lb.in.)
		Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge mm2	Applicable Gauge mm2	Recommended Gauge AWG, kcmil	Applicable Gauge AWG, kcmil
40180 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	95	35 to 95	150	30 to 150	300	2 to 300	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	95	35 to 95	150	30 to 150	300	2 to 300
	-, +1	-	35 to 150	80 × 2P	38 to 150	-	1 to 250
	+3	-	25 to 70	80	22 to 80	-	3 to 3/0
		50	50 to 150	22	22 to 150	4	4 to 300
40216 <4>	R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	120	95 to 300	150	38 to 325	400	1 to 600	M10	18 to 23 (159 to 204)
	U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	120	95 to 300	150	38 to 325	400	1/0 to 600
	-, +1	-	70 to 300	200	80 to 325	-	3/0 to 600
	+3	-	35 to 300	125	38 to 325	-	1 to 325
		70	70 to 240	22	22 to 200	2	2 to 350

Source page

Page 59

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 59 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Recommendations

Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL approval requires the use of crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models CIMR-L20085 to 20415 and 40045 to 40216. Use only crimping tools as specified by the crimp terminal manufacturer. Yaskawa recommends crimp terminals made by JST and Tokyo DIP (or equivalent) for the insulation cap. The table below matches the wire gauges and terminal screw sizes with Yaskawa - recommended crimp terminals, tools, and insulation caps. Refer to the appropriate Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications table for the wire gauge and screw size for your drive model. Place orders with a Yaskawa representatives the Yaskawa sales department.

Terminal Crimp Terminal Tool Insulation Cap Wire Gauge Screws Model Number Machine No. Die Jaw Model No. Code<1> 14 AWG M4 R2-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-003 100-054-028 M4 R5.5-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 100-054-029 12 / 10 AWG M5 R5.5-5 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 100-054-030 M4 8-4 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 100-054-031 8 AWG M5 R8-5 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 100-054-032 M4 14-NK4 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 100-054-033 M5 R14-5 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 100-054-034 6 AWG M6 R14-6 YA-5 AD-952 TP-014 100-051-261 M8 R14-8 YA-5 AD-952 TP-014 100-054-035 M6 R22-6 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 100-051-262 4 AWG M8 R22-8 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 100-051-263 M8 R38-8 YA-5 AD-954 TP-038 100-051-264 3/2/1 AWG M10 R38-10 YA-5 AD-954 TP-038 100-061-114 1/0 AWG M8 R60-8 YA-5 AD-955 TP-060 100-051-265 1/0 AWG × 2P M10 R60-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-321, TD-311 TP-060 100-051-266 2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG × 2P M10 70-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-054-036 1 AWG × 2P 2 AWG × 2P M10 38-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-224, TD-212 TP-038 100-051-556 3/0 AWG M10 80-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-051-267 M10 80-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-227, TD-214 TP-080 100-051-557 3/0 AWG × 2P M12 80-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-051-558 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-324, TD-312 4/0 AWG M10 R100-10 TP-100 100-051-269 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214 M10 100-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214 TP-100 100-051-559 4/0 AWG × 2P M12 100-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-324, TD-312 TP-100 100-051-560 M10 R150-10 YF-1. YET-150-1 TD-229, TD-215 TP-150 100-051-272 250 / 300 kcmil M12 R150-12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-325, TD-313 TP-150 100-051-273 250 kcmil × 2P M10 150-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-229, TD-215 TP-150 100-051-561 300 kcmil × 2P M12 150-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-325, TD-313 TP-150 100-051-562 350 kcmil M10 180-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-326, TD-313 TP-200 100-066-687 400 kcmil M10 200-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-327, TD-314 TP-200 100-051-563 350 kcmil × 2P M12 180-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-326, TD-313 TP-200 100-066-688 400 kcmil × 2P M12 200-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-327, TD-314 TP-200 100-051-564 500 kcmil M10 325-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-328, TD-315 TP-325 100-051-565 600 / 650 kcmil 500 kcmil × 2P M12 325-12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-328, TD-315 TP-325 100-051-277 600 kcmil × 2P <1> Codes refer to a set of three crimp terminals and three insulation caps. Prepare input and output wiring using two sets for each connection. Example 1: Models with 300 kcmil for both input and output require one set for input terminals and one set for output terminals, so the user should order two sets of [100-051-272]. Example 2: Models with 4/0 AWG × 2P for both input and output require two sets for input terminals and two sets for output terminals, so the user should order four sets of [100-051-560]. Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated shrink tubing for wiring connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable temperature of 75°C 600 Vac UL-approved vinyl-sheathed insulation. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 59

Wire Gauge	Terminal Screws	Crimp Terminal Model Number	Tool	Column	Insulation Cap Model No.	Code<1>
			Machine No.	Die Jaw
14 AWG	M4	R2-4	YA-4	AD-900	TP-003	100-054-028
12 / 10 AWG	M4	R5.5-4	YA-4	AD-900	TP-005	100-054-029
	M5	R5.5-5	YA-4	AD-900	TP-005	100-054-030
8 AWG	M4	8-4	YA-4	AD-901	TP-008	100-054-031
	M5	R8-5	YA-4	AD-901	TP-008	100-054-032
6 AWG	M4	14-NK4	YA-4	AD-902	TP-014	100-054-033
	M5	R14-5	YA-4	AD-902	TP-014	100-054-034
	M6	R14-6	YA-5	AD-952	TP-014	100-051-261
	M8	R14-8	YA-5	AD-952	TP-014	100-054-035
4 AWG	M6	R22-6	YA-5	AD-953	TP-022	100-051-262
	M8	R22-8	YA-5	AD-953	TP-022	100-051-263
3/2/1 AWG	M8	R38-8	YA-5	AD-954	TP-038	100-051-264
	M10	R38-10	YA-5	AD-954	TP-038	100-061-114
1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG × 2P	M8	R60-8	YA-5	AD-955	TP-060	100-051-265
	M10	R60-10	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-321, TD-311	TP-060	100-051-266
2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG × 2P	M10	70-10	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-323, TD-312	TP-080	100-054-036
1 AWG × 2P 2 AWG × 2P	M10	38-L10	YF-1, YET-150-1	TD-224, TD-212	TP-038	100-051-556
3/0 AWG	M10	80-10	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-323, TD-312	TP-080	100-051-267
3/0 AWG × 2P	M10	80-L10	YF-1, YET-150-1	TD-227, TD-214	TP-080	100-051-557
	M12	80-L12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-323, TD-312	TP-080	100-051-558
4/0 AWG	M10	R100-10	YF-1, YET-300-1 YF-1, YET-150-1	TD-324, TD-312 TD-228, TD-214	TP-100	100-051-269
4/0 AWG × 2P	M10	100-L10	YF-1, YET-150-1	TD-228, TD-214	TP-100	100-051-559
	M12	100-L12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-324, TD-312	TP-100	100-051-560
250 / 300 kcmil	M10	R150-10	YF-1. YET-150-1	TD-229, TD-215	TP-150	100-051-272
	M12	R150-12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-325, TD-313	TP-150	100-051-273
250 kcmil × 2P 300 kcmil × 2P	M10	150-L10	YF-1, YET-150-1	TD-229, TD-215	TP-150	100-051-561
	M12	150-L12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-325, TD-313	TP-150	100-051-562
350 kcmil	M10	180-10	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-326, TD-313	TP-200	100-066-687
400 kcmil	M10	200-10	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-327, TD-314	TP-200	100-051-563
350 kcmil × 2P	M12	180-L12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-326, TD-313	TP-200	100-066-688
400 kcmil × 2P	M12	200-L12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-327, TD-314	TP-200	100-051-564
500 kcmil 600 / 650 kcmil 500 kcmil × 2P 600 kcmil × 2P	M10	325-10	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-328, TD-315	TP-325	100-051-565
	M12	325-12	YF-1, YET-300-1	TD-328, TD-315	TP-325	100-051-277

Source page

Page 60

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 60 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

 Installing Input Fuses

NOTICE: If a fuse is blown or a Residual Current Device (RCD) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact Yaskawa before restarting the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.  Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection

Yaskawa recommends installing one of the following types of branch circuit protection to maintain compliance with UL508C. Semiconductor protective type fuses are preferred. Alternate branch circuit protection devices are also listed below.

L1000A in Heavy Duty Mode (C6-01 = 0) Drive Model Non-time Delay Bussmann CIMR-L AC Drive Input MCCB Rating Time Delay Fuse Fuse Rating Semiconductor Amps Amps<1> Rating Amps<2> Amps<3> Fus A e m R p a e ti r n e g ) < ( 4 F > use Three-Phase 200 V Class 20008 7.5 15 12 20 FWH-70B (70) 20011 11 20 17.5 30 FWH-70B (70) 20018 18.9 35 30 50 FWH-90B (90) 20025 28 50 40 75 FWH-100B (100) 20033 37 60 60 100 FWH-200B (200) 20047 52 100 90 150 FWH-200B (200) 20060 68 125 110 200 FWH-200B (200) 20075 80 150 125 225 FWH-300A (300) 20085 82 150 125 225 FWH-300A (300) 20115 111 200 175 250 FWH-350A (350) 20145 136 250 225 350 FWH-400A (400) 20180 164 300 250 450 FWH-400A (400) 20215 200 400 350 600 FWH-600A (600) 20283 271 500 450 800 FWH-700A (700) 20346 324 600 500 900<5> FWH-800A (800) 20415 394 700 600 1100<5> FWH-1000B (1000) Three-Phase 400 V Class 40005 4.4 15 7 12 FWH-70B (70) 40006 6 15 10 17.5 FWH-70B (70) 40009 10.4 20 17.5 30 FWH-90B (90) 40015 15 30 25 40 FWH-80B (80) 40018 20 40 35 60 FWH-100B (100) 40024 29 50 50 80 FWH-125B (125) 40031 39 75 60 110 FWH-200B (200) 40039 47 75 75 125 FWH-250A (250) 40045 43 75 75 125 FWH-250A (250) 40060 58 100 100 150 FWH-250A (250) 40075 71 125 110 200 FWH-250A (250) 40091 86 150 150 250 FWH-250A (250) 40112 105 175 175 300 FWH-350A (350) 40150 142 225 225 400 FWH-400A (400) 40180 170 250 250 500 FWH-500A (500) 40216 207 350 350 600 FWH-600A (600) <1> Maximum MCCB Rating is 15 A, or 200% of drive input current rating, whichever is larger. MCCB voltage rating must be 600 Vac or greater. <2> Maximum Time Delay fuse is 175% of drive input current rating. This covers any Class CC, J or T class fuse. <3> Maximum Non-time Delay fuse is 300% of drive input current rating. This covers any CC, J or T class fuse. <4> When using semiconductor fuses, Bussmann FWH and FWP are required for UL compliance. Select FWH for 200 V Class and 400 V Class models and FWP fuses for 600 V models. <5> Class L fuse is also approved for this rating. 60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Drive Model CIMR-L	L1000A in Heavy Duty Mode (C6-01 = 0)	Column	Column	Column	Column
	AC Drive Input Amps	MCCB Rating Amps<1>	Time Delay Fuse Rating Amps<2>	Non-time Delay Fuse Rating Amps<3>	Bussmann Semiconductor Fuse Rating (Fuse Ampere)<4>
Three-Phase 200 V Class
20008	7.5	15	12	20	FWH-70B (70)
20011	11	20	17.5	30	FWH-70B (70)
20018	18.9	35	30	50	FWH-90B (90)
20025	28	50	40	75	FWH-100B (100)
20033	37	60	60	100	FWH-200B (200)
20047	52	100	90	150	FWH-200B (200)
20060	68	125	110	200	FWH-200B (200)
20075	80	150	125	225	FWH-300A (300)
20085	82	150	125	225	FWH-300A (300)
20115	111	200	175	250	FWH-350A (350)
20145	136	250	225	350	FWH-400A (400)
20180	164	300	250	450	FWH-400A (400)
20215	200	400	350	600	FWH-600A (600)
20283	271	500	450	800	FWH-700A (700)
20346	324	600	500	900<5>	FWH-800A (800)
20415	394	700	600	1100<5>	FWH-1000B (1000)
Three-Phase 400 V Class
40005	4.4	15	7	12	FWH-70B (70)
40006	6	15	10	17.5	FWH-70B (70)
40009	10.4	20	17.5	30	FWH-90B (90)
40015	15	30	25	40	FWH-80B (80)
40018	20	40	35	60	FWH-100B (100)
40024	29	50	50	80	FWH-125B (125)
40031	39	75	60	110	FWH-200B (200)
40039	47	75	75	125	FWH-250A (250)
40045	43	75	75	125	FWH-250A (250)
40060	58	100	100	150	FWH-250A (250)
40075	71	125	110	200	FWH-250A (250)
40091	86	150	150	250	FWH-250A (250)
40112	105	175	175	300	FWH-350A (350)
40150	142	225	225	400	FWH-400A (400)
40180	170	250	250	500	FWH-500A (500)
40216	207	350	350	600	FWH-600A (600)

Source page

Page 61

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 61 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

 Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals

Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. If external power supply used, it shall be UL Listed Class 2 power source only or equivalent. Refer to NEC Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote-Control, Signaling, and Power Limited Circuits for requirements concerning class 1 circuit conductors and class 2 power supplies. Input / Output Terminal Signal Power Supply Specifications Open Collector Outputs P1, C1, P2, C2, DM+, DM- Requires class 2 power supply. Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external Digital inputs S1-S8, SN, SC, SP, HC, H1, H2 power supply. Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external Analog inputs / outputs +V, -V, A1, A2, AC, AM, FM power supply.  Drive Short-Circuit Rating This drive is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 600 Vac maximum (Up to 240 V in 200 V class drives, up to 480 V for 400 V class drives) when protected by Bussmann Type FWH fuses as specified in Installing Input Fuses on page 60.  Drive Motor Overload Protection

Set parameter E2-01/E5-03 (motor rated current) to the appropriate value to enable motor overload protection. The internal motor overload protection is UL Listed and in accordance with the NEC and CEC.  E2-01/E5-03: Motor Rated Current (IM Motor/PM Motor)

Setting Range: Model Dependent Default Setting: Model Dependent Parameter E2-01/E5-03 (motor rated current) protects the motor if parameter L1-01 is not set to 0 (default is 1, enabling protection for standard induction motors). If Auto-Tuning has been performed successfully, the motor data entered to T1-04/T2-04 is automatically written into parameter E2-01/E5-03. If Auto-Tuning has not been performed, manually enter the correct motor rated current to parameter E2-01/E5-03.

 L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection The drive has an electronic overload protection function (oL1) based on time, output current, and output speed, which protects the motor from overheating. The electronic thermal overload function is UL-recognized, so it does not require an external thermal relay for single motor operation.

This parameter selects the motor overload curve used according to the type of motor applied. Setting Description 0 Disabled Disabled the internal motor overload protection of the drive. Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling 1 Standard fan-cooled motor (default) capabilities when running below the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below the motor rated speed. Selects protection characteristics for a motor with self-cooling capability within a speed Drive duty motor with a speed range of 2 range of 10:1. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when 1:10 running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed. Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed - 3 Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100 including zero speed (externally cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range. Permanent Magnet motor with constant Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload 5 torque detection level (oL1) is constant over the whole speed range. When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection (L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay. Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 3, 5) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another motor overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which shuts off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually calculated while the drive is powered up. YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 61

Input / Output	Terminal Signal	Power Supply Specifications
Open Collector Outputs	P1, C1, P2, C2, DM+, DM-	Requires class 2 power supply.
Digital inputs	S1-S8, SN, SC, SP, HC, H1, H2	Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external power supply.
Analog inputs / outputs	+V, -V, A1, A2, AC, AM, FM	Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external power supply.

Setting	Description	Column
0	Disabled	Disabled the internal motor overload protection of the drive.
1	Standard fan-cooled motor (default)	Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below the motor rated speed.
2	Drive duty motor with a speed range of 1:10	Selects protection characteristics for a motor with self-cooling capability within a speed range of 10:1. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed.
3	Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100	Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed - including zero speed (externally cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range.
5	Permanent Magnet motor with constant torque	Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the whole speed range.

Source page

Page 62

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 62 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

12 UL Standards

 L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min Factory Default: 1.0 min

Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is running at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01/E5-03) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can shift the set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves. Operation time (minutes)

10 7 3 Cold start (Characteristics when an overload occurs 1 at a complete stop) 0.4 Hot start (Characteristics when an overload occurs during continuous operation at 100%) 0.1 Motor current (%) 0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current  L1-03 Motor Overload Alarm Operation Selection Setting Description 0 Ramp to Stop 1 Coast to Stop 2 Fast-Stop 3 Alarm Only (default setting)  L1-04 Motor Overload Fault Operation Selection Setting Description

0 Ramp to Stop 1 Coast to Stop (default setting) 2 Fast-Stop

62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide

Setting	Description
0	Ramp to Stop
1	Coast to Stop
2	Fast-Stop
3	Alarm Only (default setting)

Setting	Description
0	Ramp to Stop
1	Coast to Stop (default setting)
2	Fast-Stop

Source page

Page 63

Open in PDF

TOEP_C710616_32J_16_0-33_I_12_0 - コピー.book 63 ページ 2021年12月2日木曜日午後6時40分

Revision History

The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 33B <1>-0 YEG Web Revision number Revision number Published in Japan December 2009 Date of publication

Web Date of Rev. Rev. Section Revised Content Publication No. No. December 2021 <12> 0 Chapter 3 Revision: Input Fuse Model and 12 Chapter 8 Addition: Upgraded the software version to PRG: S7207. April 2021 <11> 0 Back cover Revision: Address March 2018 <10> 0 Back cover Revision: Address November 2015 <9> 0 Front cover Revision: Format All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation. Chapter 10 Revision: EN81-1/20 conform circuit with one motor contactor Chapter 11 Addition: EN81-20 conform circuit with no motor contactor Back cover Revision: Address, format June 2014 <8> 0 All Addition: Models CIMR-LF in compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Safety Integrity Level 3 Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation January 2014 <7> 0 All Revision:  Reviewed and corrected entire documentation  Upgraded the software version to S7017 and S7200 December 2013 <6> 0 Back cover Revision: Address October 2012 <5> 0 All Addition: Smaller drive capacities added along with corresponding data Three-phase 200 V: CIMR-L2A0008 and 2A0011 Three-phase 400 V: CIMR-L4A0005 and 4A0006 March 2012 <4> 0 Front cover, Revision: Format back cover All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation August 2010 <3> 0 All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation Chapter 9 Revision: Safe Disable Input Function Chapter 11 Revision: UL Standards Back cover Revision: Address May 2010 <2> 0 All Addition: Larger drive capacities added along with corresponding data Three-phase 200V: CIMR-L2A0215 to 2A0415 Three-phase 400V: CIMR-L4A0180 and 4A0216 Revision:  Reviewed and corrected entire documentation  Upgraded the software version to S7011 and S7012 Chapter 1 Deletion: Descriptions on UL/cUL standards compliance Chapter 11 Addition: UL Standards December 2009 <1> 0 All Revision: Ground wiring Chapter 9 Revision: Safe disable input function Chapter 10 Revision: EN81-1 conform circuit with one motor contactor August 2009 − − − First edition

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 33I YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Quick Start Guide 63

Date of Publication	Rev. No.	Web Rev. No.	Section	Revised Content
December 2021	<12>	0	Chapter 3 and 12	Revision: Input Fuse Model
			Chapter 8	Addition: Upgraded the software version to PRG: S7207.
April 2021	<11>	0	Back cover	Revision: Address
March 2018	<10>	0	Back cover	Revision: Address
November 2015	<9>	0	Front cover	Revision: Format
			All	Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation.
			Chapter 10	Revision: EN81-1/20 conform circuit with one motor contactor
			Chapter 11	Addition: EN81-20 conform circuit with no motor contactor
			Back cover	Revision: Address, format
June 2014	<8>	0	All	Addition: Models CIMR-LF in compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Safety Integrity Level 3 Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation
January 2014	<7>	0	All	Revision:  Reviewed and corrected entire documentation  Upgraded the software version to S7017 and S7200
December 2013	<6>	0	Back cover	Revision: Address
October 2012	<5>	0	All	Addition: Smaller drive capacities added along with corresponding data Three-phase 200 V: CIMR-L2A0008 and 2A0011 Three-phase 400 V: CIMR-L4A0005 and 4A0006
March 2012	<4>	0	Front cover, back cover	Revision: Format
			All	Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation
August 2010	<3>	0	All	Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation
			Chapter 9	Revision: Safe Disable Input Function
			Chapter 11	Revision: UL Standards
			Back cover	Revision: Address
May 2010	<2>	0	All	Addition: Larger drive capacities added along with corresponding data Three-phase 200V: CIMR-L2A0215 to 2A0415 Three-phase 400V: CIMR-L4A0180 and 4A0216 Revision:  Reviewed and corrected entire documentation  Upgraded the software version to S7011 and S7012
			Chapter 1	Deletion: Descriptions on UL/cUL standards compliance
			Chapter 11	Addition: UL Standards
December 2009	<1>	0	All	Revision: Ground wiring
			Chapter 9	Revision: Safe disable input function
			Chapter 10	Revision: EN81-1 conform circuit with one motor contactor
August 2009	−	−	−	First edition

Source page

Page 64

Open in PDF

英文 No.6-5 (A4) YEU向けインバータ製品用新ロゴ

YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A

AC Drive for Elevator Applications

Quick Start Guide

YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH Hauptstraβe 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany Phone: +49-6196-569-300 Fax: +49-6196-569-398 www.yaskawa.eu.com E-mail: info@yaskawa.eu.com DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT) 2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan Phone: +81-930-25-2548 Fax: +81-930-25-3431 www.yaskawa.co.jp YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. 2121, Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A. Phone: +1-800-YASKAWA (927-5292) or +1-847-887-7000 Fax: +1-847-887-7310 www.yaskawa.com

In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply. Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements. © 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 33I <12>-0 Published in Japan December 2021 20-2-10_YEU Original instructions

Technical data

Highlighted specifications

Specification	Value	Page
Environment	Conditions	9
Installation Area	Indoors	9
Ambient Temperature	IP20 enclosure: -10 to +50°C Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations. When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure does not exceed the specified levels. Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.	9
Humidity	95% RH or less and free of condensation	9
Storage Temperature	-20 to +60°C	9
Surrounding Area	Install the drive in an area free from: • oil mist and dust • metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials • radioactive materials • combustible materials (e.g., wood) • harmful gases and liquids • excessive vibration • chlorides • direct sunlight	9
Altitude	1000 m or lower, up to 3000 m with derating (for details refer to the Technical Manual)	9
Vibration	10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (20008 to 20180, 40005 to 40150) or 2.0 m/s2 (CIMR-L20215 to 20415, CIMR-L40180 to 40216)	9
Orientation	Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.	9
Model CIMR-L	Fig. \| Dimensions (mm) W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d \| Weight (kg)	11
AC	−AM +	12
Model CIMR-L	EMC Filter \| Main Fuse [Bussmann] \| Recom. Motor Cable (mm2) \| Main Circuit Terminal Sizes	13
Terminal Size	M4 \| M5<1> \| M6 \| M8 \| M10 \| M12	13
Tightening Torque (Nm)	1.2 to 1.5 \| 2.0 to 2.5 \| 4.0 to 6.0 \| 9.0 to 11.0 \| 18.0 to 23.0 \| 32.0 to 40.0	13
Wire Type	Wire Size (mm2)	14
Solid	0.2 to 1.5	14
Stranded	0.2 to 1.0	14
Stranded wire with ferrule	0.25 to 0.5	14
Terminal	Type \| Function	16
200 V Cla	ss Model 2 ss CIMR-L 4 \| 0008 to 20075 \| 20085, 20115 2 \| 0145 to 20415	16
400 V Cla	0005 to 40039 \| 40045, 40060 4 \| 0075 to 40216	16
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3	Main circuit power supply input \| Connects line power to the drive	16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3	Drive output \| Connects to the motor	16
B1, B2	Braking resistor \| Not available \| Available for connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit option	16
+2 • DC (+1 +1, - sho +1 +3 • DC inp	reactor connection , +2) (remove the rting bar between and +2) power supply ut (+1, -) \| Not available \| For connection • of the drive to a DC power supply (terminals +1 and - are not UL approved) • of dynamic braking options	16
S3 Sin	Safe Disable Input k/Source/External Supply Selection \| Sink Source External 24 Vdc Power Supply	16
Internal Power Supply - Sinking Mode (NPN) (default) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc SP	External Power Supply - Sinking Mode (NPN) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc External SP 24 Vdc ±10%	17
Internal Power Supply - Sourcing Mode (PNP) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc SP	External Power Supply - Sourcing Mode (PNP) S7 S8 SN SC 24 Vdc External SP 24 Vdc ±10%	17
Type	No. \| Terminal Name (Function) \| Function (Signal Level) Default Setting	17
Digital Inputs	S1 \| Up Command (Closed: Up, Open: Stop) \| Photocoupler 24 Vdc, 8mA Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.	17
Digital Input Power Supply	SC \| Multi-function input common \| Photocoupler, 24 Vdc, 8mA Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.	17
Safe Disable Inputs	H1 \| Safe Disable input 1 \| 24 Vdc, 8 mA One or both open: Drive output disabled Both closed: Normal operation Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ Off time of at least 1 ms Set the S3 jumper to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.	17

Products covered by this document

Document editions

Languages and source files

Language not specifiedL1000A | Quick Start GuidePDF